Display --interleave[=<number>]
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
40b36596
JM
532@ifset TIC6X
533
534@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
535 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
536 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
537 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 538@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
539@ifset TILEGX
540
541@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 542 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
543@end ifset
544@ifset TILEPRO
545@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
546@end ifset
b6605ddd 547@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 548
b6605ddd
EB
549@emph{Target Visium options:}
550 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
551@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
552@ifset XTENSA
553
554@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
555 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
556 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
557 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
558 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 559 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 560@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
561@ifset Z80
562
563@emph{Target Z80 options:}
564 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
565 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
566 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
567 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
568 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
569 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
570 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
571@end ifset
a4fb0134 572@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 573
a4fb0134 574@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 575@end ifset
e0001a05 576
0285c67d 577@c man end
252b5132
RH
578@end smallexample
579
0285c67d
NC
580@c man begin OPTIONS
581
a4fb0134 582@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 583@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 584
83f10cb2 585@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
586Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
587
a4fb0134 588@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
589@item -ac
590omit false conditionals
591
592@item -ad
593omit debugging directives
594
83f10cb2
NC
595@item -ag
596include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
597
252b5132
RH
598@item -ah
599include high-level source
600
601@item -al
602include assembly
603
604@item -am
605include macro expansions
606
607@item -an
608omit forms processing
609
610@item -as
611include symbols
612
613@item =file
614set the name of the listing file
615@end table
616
617You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
618listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
619the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
620
caa32fe5 621@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
622Begin in alternate macro mode.
623@ifclear man
624@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
625@end ifclear
caa32fe5 626
955974c6
CC
627@item --compress-debug-sections
628Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
629to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
273a4985
JT
630compatible with older linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression
631would make a given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed or renamed.
955974c6
CC
632
633@item --nocompress-debug-sections
634Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
635
252b5132
RH
636@item -D
637Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
638other assemblers.
639
3d6b762c
JM
640@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
641When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
642information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
643
252b5132
RH
644@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
645Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
646@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
647indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
648value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
649use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
650
651@item -f
652``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
653compiler output).
654
329e276d
NC
655@item -g
656@itemx --gen-debug
657Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
658debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
659ECOFF or DWARF2.
660
252b5132
RH
661@item --gstabs
662Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
663may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
664
05da4302
NC
665@item --gstabs+
666Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
667extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
668debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
669may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
670the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
671
329e276d 672@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 673Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 674may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 675option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 676
b40bf0a2
NC
677@item --gdwarf-sections
678Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
679.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
680corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
681will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
682@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
683then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
684suffix.
685
21be61f5
L
686@item --size-check=error
687@itemx --size-check=warning
688Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
689
252b5132
RH
690@item --help
691Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
692
ea20a7da
CC
693@item --target-help
694Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
695
252b5132
RH
696@item -I @var{dir}
697Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
698
699@item -J
700Don't warn about signed overflow.
701
702@item -K
703@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
704This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
705@end ifclear
706@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
707Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
708@end ifset
709
710@item -L
711@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
712Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
713system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
714or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
715@ifclear man
716@xref{Symbol Names}.
717@end ifclear
252b5132 718
c3a27914
NC
719@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
720Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
721listing to @var{number}.
722
723@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
724Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
725lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
726
727@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
728Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
729@var{number} bytes.
730
731@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
732Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
733to @var{number} + 1.
734
252b5132 735@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 736Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
737
738@item -R
739Fold the data section into the text section.
740
4bdd3565
NC
741@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
742Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
743@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
744assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
745memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
746requirements at the expense of speed.
747
748@item --reduce-memory-overheads
749This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
750assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
751@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
752
252b5132
RH
753@item --statistics
754Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
755assembly.
756
757@item --strip-local-absolute
758Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
759
760@item -v
761@itemx -version
a4fb0134 762Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
763
764@item --version
a4fb0134 765Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
766
767@item -W
2bdd6cf5 768@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
769Suppress warning messages.
770
2bdd6cf5
GK
771@item --fatal-warnings
772Treat warnings as errors.
773
774@item --warn
775Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
776
252b5132
RH
777@item -w
778Ignored.
779
780@item -x
781Ignored.
782
783@item -Z
784Generate an object file even after errors.
785
786@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
787Standard input, or source files to assemble.
788
789@end table
2a633939
JM
790@c man end
791
a06ea964
NC
792@ifset AARCH64
793
794@ifclear man
795@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
796for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
797@end ifclear
798
799@ifset man
800@c man begin OPTIONS
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
80264-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
803@c man end
804@c man begin INCLUDE
805@include c-aarch64.texi
806@c ended inside the included file
807@end ifset
808
809@end ifset
810
2a633939
JM
811@ifset ALPHA
812
813@ifclear man
814@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
815for an Alpha processor.
816@end ifclear
817
818@ifset man
819@c man begin OPTIONS
820The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
821processor.
822@c man end
823@c man begin INCLUDE
824@include c-alpha.texi
825@c ended inside the included file
826@end ifset
827
828@end ifset
252b5132 829
2a633939 830@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
831@ifset ARC
832The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
833an ARC processor.
834
a4fb0134 835@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
836@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
837This option selects the core processor variant.
838@item -EB | -EL
839Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
840@end table
841@end ifset
842
843@ifset ARM
844The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
845processor family.
846
a4fb0134 847@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 848@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 849Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 850@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 851Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 852@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 853Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
854@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
855Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
856@item -mthumb
857Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 858@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
859Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
860@item -EB | -EL
861Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
862@item -mthumb-interwork
863Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
864ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
865@item -mccs
866Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
867@item -k
868Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
869@end table
870@end ifset
635fb38d 871@c man end
252b5132 872
9982501a 873@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
874
875@ifclear man
876@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
877configured for the Blackfin processor family.
878@end ifclear
879
880@ifset man
881@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
882The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
883the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
884@c man end
885@c man begin INCLUDE
886@include c-bfin.texi
887@c ended inside the included file
888@end ifset
9982501a 889
9982501a
JZ
890@end ifset
891
635fb38d 892@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
893@ifset CRIS
894See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
895@end ifset
896
252b5132
RH
897@ifset D10V
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
899a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 900@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
901@cindex D10V optimization
902@cindex optimization, D10V
903@item -O
904Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
905@end table
906@end ifset
907
908@ifset D30V
909The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
910processor.
a4fb0134 911@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
912@cindex D30V optimization
913@cindex optimization, D30V
914@item -O
915Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
916
917@cindex D30V nops
918@item -n
919Warn when nops are generated.
920
921@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
922@item -N
923Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
924@end table
925@end ifset
731caf76
L
926@c man end
927
cfb8c092
NC
928@ifset EPIPHANY
929The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
930Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
931
56b13185
JR
932@ifclear man
933@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
934configured for an Epiphany processor.
935@end ifclear
cfb8c092 936
56b13185
JR
937@ifset man
938@c man begin OPTIONS
939The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
940an Epiphany processor.
941@c man end
942@c man begin INCLUDE
943@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
944@c ended inside the included file
945@end ifset
946
947@end ifset
948
949@ifset H8300
950
951@ifclear man
952@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
953for an H8/300 processor.
954@end ifclear
955
956@ifset man
957@c man begin OPTIONS
958The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
959processor.
960@c man end
961@c man begin INCLUDE
962@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
963@c ended inside the included file
964@end ifset
cfb8c092 965
cfb8c092
NC
966@end ifset
967
731caf76 968@ifset I80386
252b5132 969
731caf76
L
970@ifclear man
971@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
972configured for an i386 processor.
973@end ifclear
974
975@ifset man
976@c man begin OPTIONS
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
978an i386 processor.
979@c man end
980@c man begin INCLUDE
981@include c-i386.texi
982@c ended inside the included file
983@end ifset
984
985@end ifset
986
987@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
988@ifset I960
989The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
990Intel 80960 processor.
991
a4fb0134 992@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
993@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
994Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
995
996@item -b
997Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
998
999@item -no-relax
1000Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1001error if necessary.
1002
1003@end table
1004@end ifset
1005
a40cbfa3
NC
1006@ifset IP2K
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1008Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1009
1010@table @gcctabopt
1011
1012@item -mip2022ext
1013Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1014
1015@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1016Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1017just the basic IP2022 ones.
1018
1019@end table
1020@end ifset
1021
49f58d10
JB
1022@ifset M32C
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1024Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1025
1026@table @gcctabopt
1027
1028@item -m32c
1029Assemble M32C instructions.
1030
1031@item -m16c
1032Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1033
c54b5932
DD
1034@item -relax
1035Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1036
1037@item -h-tick-hex
1038Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1039
49f58d10
JB
1040@end table
1041@end ifset
1042
ec694b89
NC
1043@ifset M32R
1044The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1045Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1046
a4fb0134 1047@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1048
1049@item --m32rx
1050Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1051is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1052
1053@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1054Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1055encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1056
1057@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1058Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1059encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1060
1061@end table
1062@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1063
1064@ifset M680X0
1065The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1066Motorola 68000 series.
1067
a4fb0134 1068@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1069
1070@item -l
1071Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1072
0285c67d
NC
1073@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1074@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1075@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1076Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1077is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1078
1079@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1080The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1081The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1082the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1083two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1084coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1085
1086@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1087The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1088unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1089
1090@end table
1091@end ifset
1092
36591ba1
SL
1093@ifset NIOSII
1094
1095@ifclear man
1096@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1097for an Altera Nios II processor.
1098@end ifclear
1099
1100@ifset man
1101@c man begin OPTIONS
1102The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1103Altera Nios II processor.
1104@c man end
1105@c man begin INCLUDE
1106@include c-nios2.texi
1107@c ended inside the included file
1108@end ifset
1109@end ifset
1110
e135f41b
NC
1111@ifset PDP11
1112
1113For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1114see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1115
a4fb0134 1116@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1117@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1118Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1119default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1120
1121@item -mall
1122@itemx -mall-extensions
1123Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1124
1125@item -mno-extensions
1126Disable all instruction set extensions.
1127
1128@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1129Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1130
1131@item -m@var{cpu}
1132Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1133disable all other extensions.
1134
1135@item -m@var{machine}
1136Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1137model, and disable all other extensions.
1138@end table
1139
1140@end ifset
1141
041dd5a9
ILT
1142@ifset PJ
1143The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1144a picoJava processor.
1145
a4fb0134 1146@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1147
1148@cindex PJ endianness
1149@cindex endianness, PJ
1150@cindex big endian output, PJ
1151@item -mb
1152Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1153
1154@cindex little endian output, PJ
1155@item -ml
1156Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1157
1158@end table
1159@end ifset
1160
60bcf0fa
NC
1161@ifset M68HC11
1162The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1163Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1164
a4fb0134 1165@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1166
6927f982 1167@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1168Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1169defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1170
6927f982
NC
1171@item --xgate-ramoffset
1172Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1173XGATE address space.
1174
2f904664
SC
1175@item -mshort
1176Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1177
1178@item -mlong
01642c12 1179Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1180
1181@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1182Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1183
1184@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1185Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1186
1370e33d 1187@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1188Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1189conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1190sub routine.
1191
1370e33d
NC
1192@item -S | --short-branches
1193Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1194when the offset is out of range.
1195
1196@item --strict-direct-mode
1197Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1198when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1199
1200@item --print-insn-syntax
1201Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1202
1203@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1204Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1205
1206@item --generate-example
6927f982 1207Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1208This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1209
1210@end table
1211@end ifset
1212
252b5132 1213@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1214The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1215for the SPARC architecture:
1216
a4fb0134 1217@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1218@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1219@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1220Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1221
1222@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1223@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1224
1225@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1226UltraSPARC extensions.
1227
1228@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1229For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1230equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1231
1232@item -bump
1233Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1234@end table
1235@end ifset
1236
39bec121
TW
1237@ifset TIC54X
1238The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1239architecture.
39bec121 1240
a4fb0134 1241@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1242@item -mfar-mode
1243Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1244extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1245@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1246Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1247@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1248Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1249behaviour in the shell.
1250@end table
1251@end ifset
1252
252b5132
RH
1253@ifset MIPS
1254The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1255a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1256
a4fb0134 1257@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1258@item -G @var{num}
1259This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1260implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1261use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1262
1263@cindex MIPS endianness
1264@cindex endianness, MIPS
1265@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1266@item -EB
1267Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1268
1269@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1270@item -EL
1271Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1272
1273@cindex MIPS ISA
1274@item -mips1
1275@itemx -mips2
1276@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1277@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1278@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1279@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1280@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1281@itemx -mips32r3
1282@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1283@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1284@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1285@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1286@itemx -mips64r3
1287@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1288@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1289Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1290@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1291alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1292@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1293@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1294@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1295@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1296MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1297Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1298MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1299
98508b2a
RS
1300@item -march=@var{cpu}
1301Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1302
1303@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1304Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1305
1306@item -mfix7000
1307@itemx -mno-fix7000
1308Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1309of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1310
a8d14a88
CM
1311@item -mfix-rm7000
1312@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1313Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1314followed by a load instruction.
1315
ecb4347a
DJ
1316@item -mdebug
1317@itemx -no-mdebug
1318Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1319section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1320
dcd410fe
RO
1321@item -mpdr
1322@itemx -mno-pdr
1323Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1324
437ee9d5
TS
1325@item -mgp32
1326@itemx -mfp32
1327The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1328flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1329all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1330and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1331
351cdf24
MF
1332@item -mgp64
1333@itemx -mfp64
1334The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1335flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1336all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1337and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1338
1339@item -mfpxx
1340The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1341this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1342which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
134332 or 64 bits wide.
1344
1345@item -modd-spreg
1346@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1347Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1348registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1349@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1350
437ee9d5
TS
1351@item -mips16
1352@itemx -no-mips16
1353Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1354@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1355turns off this option.
252b5132 1356
df58fc94
RS
1357@item -mmicromips
1358@itemx -mno-micromips
1359Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1360@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1361turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1362at the start of the assembly file.
1363
e16bfa71
TS
1364@item -msmartmips
1365@itemx -mno-smartmips
1366Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1367equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1368@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1369
1f25f5d3
CD
1370@item -mips3d
1371@itemx -no-mips3d
1372Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1373This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1374@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1375
deec1734
CD
1376@item -mdmx
1377@itemx -no-mdmx
1378Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1379This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1380@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1381
2ef2b9ae
CF
1382@item -mdsp
1383@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1384Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1385This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1386@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1387
8b082fb1
TS
1388@item -mdspr2
1389@itemx -mno-dspr2
1390Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1391This option implies -mdsp.
1392This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1393@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1394
56d438b1
CF
1395@item -mmsa
1396@itemx -mno-msa
1397Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1398This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1399@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1400
7d64c587
AB
1401@item -mxpa
1402@itemx -mno-xpa
1403Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1404This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1405@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1406
ef2e4d86
CF
1407@item -mmt
1408@itemx -mno-mt
1409Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1410This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1411@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1412
dec0624d
MR
1413@item -mmcu
1414@itemx -mno-mcu
1415Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1416This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1417@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1418
833794fc
MR
1419@item -minsn32
1420@itemx -mno-insn32
1421Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1422microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1423instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1424the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1425option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1426start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1427selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1428
437ee9d5
TS
1429@item --construct-floats
1430@itemx --no-construct-floats
1431The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1432double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1433value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1434the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1435selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1436
3bf0dbfb
MR
1437@item --relax-branch
1438@itemx --no-relax-branch
1439The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1440branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1441out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1442
ba92f887
MR
1443@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1444Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1445(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1446
252b5132
RH
1447@cindex emulation
1448@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1449This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1450on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1451removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1452It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1453
1454The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1455@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1456is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1457big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1458preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1459
1460@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1461@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1462the native tools.
1463
252b5132
RH
1464@item --trap
1465@itemx --no-trap
1466@itemx --break
1467@itemx --no-break
1468Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1469@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1470(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1471@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1472break exception.
63486801
L
1473
1474@item -n
a4fb0134 1475When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1476time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1477@end table
1478@end ifset
1479
1480@ifset MCORE
1481The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1482an MCore processor.
1483
a4fb0134 1484@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1485@item -jsri2bsr
1486@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1487Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1488The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1489
1490@item -sifilter
1491@itemx -nosifilter
1492Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1493The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1494
1495@item -relax
1496Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1497
ec694b89
NC
1498@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1499Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1500can be assembled.
1501
1502@item -EB
1503Assemble for a big endian target.
1504
1505@item -EL
1506Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1507
1508@end table
1509@end ifset
a3c62988 1510@c man end
252b5132 1511
a3c62988
NC
1512@ifset METAG
1513
1514@ifclear man
1515@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1516for a Meta processor.
1517@end ifclear
1518
1519@ifset man
1520@c man begin OPTIONS
1521The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1522Meta processor.
1523@c man end
1524@c man begin INCLUDE
1525@include c-metag.texi
1526@c ended inside the included file
1527@end ifset
1528
1529@end ifset
1530
1531@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1532@ifset MMIX
1533See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1534@end ifset
1535
35c08157
KLC
1536@ifset NDS32
1537
1538@ifclear man
1539@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1540for a NDS32 processor.
1541@end ifclear
1542@c ended inside the included file
1543@end ifset
1544
1545@ifset man
1546@c man begin OPTIONS
1547The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1548NDS32 processor.
1549@c man end
1550@c man begin INCLUDE
1551@include c-nds32.texi
1552@c ended inside the included file
1553@end ifset
1554
635fb38d 1555@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1556@ifset PPC
1557
1558@ifclear man
1559@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1560for a PowerPC processor.
1561@end ifclear
1562
1563@ifset man
1564@c man begin OPTIONS
1565The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1566PowerPC processor.
1567@c man end
1568@c man begin INCLUDE
1569@include c-ppc.texi
1570@c ended inside the included file
1571@end ifset
1572
1573@end ifset
1574
635fb38d 1575@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1576@ifset RX
1577See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1578@end ifset
1579
11c19e16
MS
1580@ifset S390
1581The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1582processor family.
1583
1584@table @gcctabopt
1585@item -m31
1586@itemx -m64
1587Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1588@item -mesa
1589@item -mzarch
1590Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1591Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1592@item -march=@var{processor}
1593Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1594@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1595@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1596@item -mregnames
1597@itemx -mno-regnames
1598Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1599@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1600Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1601but evaluates to zero.
1602@end table
1603@end ifset
2a633939 1604@c man end
11c19e16 1605
40b36596 1606@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1607
1608@ifclear man
1609@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1610for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1611@end ifclear
1612
1613@ifset man
1614@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1615The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1616TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1617@c man end
1618@c man begin INCLUDE
1619@include c-tic6x.texi
1620@c ended inside the included file
1621@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1622
1623@end ifset
1624
aa137e4d
NC
1625@ifset TILEGX
1626
1627@ifclear man
1628@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1629for a TILE-Gx processor.
1630@end ifclear
1631
1632@ifset man
1633@c man begin OPTIONS
1634The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1635processor.
1636@c man end
1637@c man begin INCLUDE
1638@include c-tilegx.texi
1639@c ended inside the included file
1640@end ifset
1641
1642@end ifset
1643
b6605ddd
EB
1644@ifset VISIUM
1645
1646@ifclear man
1647@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1648for a Visium processor.
1649@end ifclear
1650
1651@ifset man
1652@c man begin OPTIONS
1653The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1654processor.
1655@c man end
1656@c man begin INCLUDE
1657@include c-visium.texi
1658@c ended inside the included file
1659@end ifset
1660
1661@end ifset
1662
e0001a05 1663@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1664
2d8b84ae
SA
1665@ifclear man
1666@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1667for an Xtensa processor.
1668@end ifclear
1669
1670@ifset man
1671@c man begin OPTIONS
1672The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1673Xtensa processor.
1674@c man end
1675@c man begin INCLUDE
1676@include c-xtensa.texi
1677@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1678@end ifset
1679
2d8b84ae
SA
1680@end ifset
1681
1682@c man begin OPTIONS
1683
3c9b82ba
NC
1684@ifset Z80
1685The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1686a Z80 family processor.
1687@table @gcctabopt
1688@item -z80
1689Assemble for Z80 processor.
1690@item -r800
1691Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1692@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1693@itemx -Wnud
1694Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1695@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1696@itemx -Wnup
1697Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1698@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1699@itemx -Wud
1700Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1701@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1702@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1703Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1704@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1705@itemx -Fud
1706Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1707@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1708@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1709Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1710@end table
1711@end ifset
1712
0285c67d
NC
1713@c man end
1714
252b5132
RH
1715@menu
1716* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1717* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1718* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1719* Command Line:: Command Line
1720* Input Files:: Input Files
1721* Object:: Output (Object) File
1722* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1723@end menu
1724
1725@node Manual
1726@section Structure of this Manual
1727
1728@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1729This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1730@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1731notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1732@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1733
1734@ifclear GENERIC
1735We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1736configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1737@end ifclear
1738@ifset GENERIC
1739This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1740various flavors of the assembler.
1741@end ifset
1742
1743@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1744On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1745to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1746In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1747architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1748mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1749particular architecture.
1750@ifset GENERIC
1751You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1752machine architecture manual for this information.
1753@end ifset
1754@ifclear GENERIC
1755@ifset H8/300
1756For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1757Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1758Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1759@end ifset
252b5132 1760@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1761For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1762see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1763@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1764@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1765@end ifset
1766@ifset Z8000
1767For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1768@end ifset
1769@end ifclear
1770
1771@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1772@ignore
1773Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1774the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1775Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1776computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1777once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1778qualification.
1779
a4fb0134 1780@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1781human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1782computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1783@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1784@end ignore
1785
1786@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1787@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1788@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1789@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1790@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1791@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1792@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1793@c directives).
1794
1795@node GNU Assembler
1796@section The GNU Assembler
1797
0285c67d
NC
1798@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1799
a4fb0134 1800@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1801@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1802This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1803configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1804@end ifclear
1805If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1806should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1807architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1808including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1809@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1810
1811@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1812@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1813@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1814@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1815assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1816machine would assemble.
1817@ifset VAX
1818Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1819@end ifset
1820@ifset M680X0
1821@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1822@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1823This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1824assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1825incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1826@end ifset
1827
0285c67d
NC
1828@c man end
1829
a4fb0134 1830Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1831program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1832@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1833
1834@node Object Formats
1835@section Object File Formats
1836
1837@cindex object file format
1838The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1839object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1840write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1841are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1842Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1843@ifclear GENERIC
1844@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1845For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1846@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1847@end ifclear
1848@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1849@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1850On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1851@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1852@end ifset
1853@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1854On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1855SOM or ELF format object files.
1856@end ifset
1857@end ifclear
1858
1859@node Command Line
1860@section Command Line
1861
1862@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1863
a4fb0134 1864After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1865options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1866before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1867significant.
1868
1869@cindex standard input, as input file
1870@kindex --
1871@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1872explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1873
1874@cindex options, command line
1875Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1876hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1877@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1878option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1879the letter is important. All options are optional.
1880
1881Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1882name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1883with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1884standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1885
1886@smallexample
1887@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1888@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1889@end smallexample
1890
1891@node Input Files
1892@section Input Files
1893
1894@cindex input
1895@cindex source program
1896@cindex files, input
1897We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1898describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1899be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1900doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1901
1902@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1903@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1904The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1905order specified.
1906
0285c67d 1907@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1908Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1909program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1910(The standard input is also a file.)
1911
a4fb0134 1912You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1913names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1914command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1915is taken to be an input file name.
1916
a4fb0134
SC
1917If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1918from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1919may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1920to assemble.
1921
1922Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1923in your command line.
1924
a4fb0134 1925If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1926file.
1927
0285c67d
NC
1928@c man end
1929
252b5132
RH
1930@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1931
1932@cindex input file linenumbers
1933@cindex line numbers, in input files
1934There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1935either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1936number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1937``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1938
1939@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1940to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1941
1942@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1943directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1944error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1945is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1946@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1947@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1948
1949@node Object
1950@section Output (Object) File
1951
1952@cindex object file
1953@cindex output file
1954@kindex a.out
1955@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1956Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1957your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1958is the object file. Its default name is
1959@ifclear BOUT
1960@code{a.out}.
1961@end ifclear
1962@ifset BOUT
1963@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1964@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1965@end ifset
a4fb0134 1966@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1967@end ifset
a4fb0134 1968You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1969object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1970reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1971directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1972possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1973
1974@cindex linker
1975@kindex ld
1976The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1977assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1978the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1979information for the debugger.
1980
1981@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1982@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1983
1984@node Errors
1985@section Error and Warning Messages
1986
0285c67d
NC
1987@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1988
a349d9dd 1989@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1990@cindex warning messages
1991@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1992@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1993file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1994runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1995that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1996grave problem that stops the assembly.
1997
0285c67d
NC
1998@c man end
1999
252b5132
RH
2000@cindex format of warning messages
2001Warning messages have the format
2002
2003@smallexample
2004file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2005@end smallexample
2006
2007@noindent
2008@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2009(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2010(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2011the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2012@ifset GENERIC
2013(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2014@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2015then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2016otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2017message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2018tradition).
2019
2020@cindex format of error messages
2021Error messages have the format
2022@smallexample
2023file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2024@end smallexample
2025The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2026messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2027because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2028
2029@node Invoking
2030@chapter Command-Line Options
2031
2032@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2033This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2034versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2035for options specific
252b5132 2036@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2037to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2038@end ifclear
2039@ifset GENERIC
2040to particular machine architectures.
2041@end ifset
2042
0285c67d
NC
2043@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2044
c1253627 2045If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2046you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2047The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2048by commas. For example:
2049
2050@smallexample
2051gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2052@end smallexample
2053
2054@noindent
2055This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2056standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2057local symbols in the symbol table).
2058
2059Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2060command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2061(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2062precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2063assembler.)
2064
0285c67d
NC
2065@c man end
2066
252b5132 2067@menu
83f10cb2 2068* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2069* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2070* D:: -D for compatibility
2071* f:: -f to work faster
2072* I:: -I for .include search path
2073@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2074* K:: -K for compatibility
2075@end ifclear
2076@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2077* K:: -K for difference tables
2078@end ifset
2079
ba83aca1 2080* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2081* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2082* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2083* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2084* o:: -o to name the object file
2085* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2086* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2087* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2088* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2089* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2090* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2091@end menu
2092
2093@node a
83f10cb2 2094@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2095
2096@kindex -a
2097@kindex -ac
2098@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2099@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2100@kindex -ah
2101@kindex -al
2102@kindex -an
2103@kindex -as
2104@cindex listings, enabling
2105@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2106
2107These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2108@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2109You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2110@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2111@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2112@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2113High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2114@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2115also.
2116
83f10cb2
NC
2117Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2118information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2119
252b5132
RH
2120Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2121which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2122other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2123omitted from the listing.
2124
2125Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2126listing.
2127
2128Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2129listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2130@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2131@code{.sbttl}.
2132The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2133If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2134listing-control directives have no effect.
2135
2136The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2137@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2138
96e9638b
BW
2139Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2140because it
c3a27914
NC
2141is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2142is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2143directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2144stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2145memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2146
caa32fe5
NC
2147@node alternate
2148@section @option{--alternate}
2149
2150@kindex --alternate
2151Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2152
252b5132 2153@node D
a4fb0134 2154@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2155
2156@kindex -D
2157This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2158likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2159@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2160
2161@node f
a4fb0134 2162@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2163
2164@kindex -f
2165@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2166@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2167@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2168(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2169and comment preprocessing on
2170the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2171,Preprocessing}.
2172
2173@quotation
2174@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2175preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2176not work correctly.
2177@end quotation
2178
2179@node I
c1253627 2180@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2181
2182@kindex -I @var{path}
2183@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2184@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2185@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2186Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2187@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2188directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2189many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2190working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2191searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2192specified (left to right) on the command line.
2193
2194@node K
a4fb0134 2195@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2196
2197@kindex -K
2198@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2199On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2200permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2201where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2202generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2203family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2204alteration on other platforms.
2205@end ifclear
2206
2207@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2208@cindex difference tables, warning
2209@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2210@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2211form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2212You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2213is done.
2214@end ifset
2215
2216@node L
ba83aca1 2217@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2218
2219@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2220@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2221Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2222@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2223called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2224such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2225programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2226notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2227such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2228
2229This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2230in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2231@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2232
c3a27914 2233@node listing
a4fb0134 2234@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2235
2236The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2237@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2238hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2239them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2240directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2241@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2242@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2243@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2244
a4fb0134 2245@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2246@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2247@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2248@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2249Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2250dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2251
2252@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2253@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2254@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2255Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2256a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2257the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2258switch is used the default is to one.
2259
2260@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2261@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2262@cindex Width of source line output
2263Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2264alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2265source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2266
2267@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2268@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2269@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2270Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2271displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2272@end table
2273
252b5132 2274@node M
a4fb0134 2275@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2276
2277@kindex -M
2278@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2279The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2280changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2281compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2282configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2283MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2284information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2285arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2286assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2287
2288The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2289depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2290file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2291individually. These are:
2292
2293@itemize @bullet
2294@item global symbols in common section
2295
2296The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2297Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2298common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2299symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2300symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2301
2302@item complex relocations
2303
2304The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2305relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2306are not support by other object file formats.
2307
2308@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2309
2310The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2311This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2312instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2313script.
2314
2315@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2316
2317The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2318name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2319
2320@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2321
2322The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2323address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2324which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2325not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2326assigned within a linker script.
2327@end itemize
2328
2329There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2330@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2331seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2332
2333@itemize @bullet
2334
2335@item EBCDIC strings
2336
2337EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2338
2339@item packed binary coded decimal
2340
2341Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2342and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2343
2344@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2345
2346The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2347
2348@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2349
2350The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2351
2352@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2353
2354The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2355@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2356relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2357these options serve no purpose.
2358
2359@item @code{OPT} list control options
2360
2361The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2362@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2363@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2364
2365@item other @code{OPT} options
2366
2367The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2368@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2369
2370@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2371
2372The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2373@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2374
2375@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2376
2377The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2378
2379@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2380
2381The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2382
2383@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2384
2385The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2386
2387@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2388
2389The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2390
2391@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2392
2393The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2394
2395@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2396
2397The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2398
2399@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2400
2401The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2402
2403@end itemize
2404
2405@node MD
c1253627 2406@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2407
2408@kindex --MD
2409@cindex dependency tracking
2410@cindex make rules
2411
a4fb0134 2412@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2413file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2414dependencies of the main source file.
2415
2416The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2417
2418This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2419
2420@node o
a4fb0134 2421@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2422
2423@kindex -o
2424@cindex naming object file
2425@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2426There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2427default it has the name
2428@ifset GENERIC
2429@ifset I960
2430@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2431@end ifset
2432@ifclear I960
2433@file{a.out}.
2434@end ifclear
2435@end ifset
2436@ifclear GENERIC
2437@ifset I960
2438@file{b.out}.
2439@end ifset
2440@ifclear I960
2441@file{a.out}.
2442@end ifclear
2443@end ifclear
2444You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2445object file a different name.
2446
a4fb0134 2447Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2448existing file of the same name.
2449
2450@node R
a4fb0134 2451@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2452
2453@kindex -R
2454@cindex data and text sections, joining
2455@cindex text and data sections, joining
2456@cindex joining text and data sections
2457@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2458@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2459data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2460the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2461section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2462your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2463appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2464
a4fb0134 2465When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2466address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2467data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2468older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2469
c1253627
NC
2470@ifset COFF-ELF
2471When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2472this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2473@samp{.data}.
2474@end ifset
2475
2476@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2477@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2478@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2479@end ifset
2480
2481@node statistics
a4fb0134 2482@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2483
2484@kindex --statistics
2485@cindex statistics, about assembly
2486@cindex time, total for assembly
2487@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2488Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2489@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2490(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2491seconds).
2492
2493@node traditional-format
c1253627 2494@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2495
2496@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2497For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2498from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2499@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2500
2501For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2502@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2503
2504@node v
a4fb0134 2505@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2506
2507@kindex -v
2508@kindex -version
2509@cindex assembler version
2510@cindex version of assembler
2511You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2512option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2513command line.
2514
2515@node W
a4fb0134 2516@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2517
a4fb0134 2518@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2519assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2520cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2521made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2522
c1253627
NC
2523@kindex -W
2524@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2525@cindex suppressing warnings
2526@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2527If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2528This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2529how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2530are still reported.
2531
c1253627 2532@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2533@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2534@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2535If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2536files that generate warnings to be in error.
2537
c1253627 2538@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2539@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2540You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2541causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2542
2543@node Z
a4fb0134 2544@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2545@cindex object file, after errors
2546@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2547After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2548some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2549@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2550option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2551writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2552errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2553
2554@node Syntax
2555@chapter Syntax
2556
2557@cindex machine-independent syntax
2558@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2559This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2560source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2561assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2562@ifclear VAX
2563assembler.
2564@end ifclear
2565@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2566assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2567@end ifset
2568
2569@menu
7c31ae13 2570* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2571* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2572* Comments:: Comments
2573* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2574* Statements:: Statements
2575* Constants:: Constants
2576@end menu
2577
2578@node Preprocessing
2579@section Preprocessing
2580
2581@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2582The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2583@itemize @bullet
2584@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2585@item
2586adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2587the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2588a single space.
2589
2590@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2591@item
2592removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2593appropriate number of newlines.
2594
2595@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2596@item
2597converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2598@end itemize
2599
2600It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2601anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2602do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2603(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2604to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2605@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2606Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2607
2608Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2609cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2610preprocessed.
2611
2612@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2613@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2614@kindex #NO_APP
2615@kindex #APP
2616If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2617@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2618Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2619specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2620text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2621@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2622@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2623and whitespace.
2624
2625@node Whitespace
2626@section Whitespace
2627
2628@cindex whitespace
2629@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2630Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2631people to read. Unless within character constants
2632(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2633as exactly one space.
2634
2635@node Comments
2636@section Comments
2637
2638@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2639There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2640cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2641
2642Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2643This means you may not nest these comments.
2644
2645@smallexample
2646/*
2647 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2648 is to use this sort of comment.
2649*/
2650
2651/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2652@end smallexample
2653
2654@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2655Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2656considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2657specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2658line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2659line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2660comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2661upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2662@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2663
2664If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2665special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2666to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2667
2668@kindex #
2669@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2670@cindex logical line numbers
2671To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2672special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2673expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2674line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2675new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2676
2677If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2678the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2679
2680@smallexample
2681 # This is an ordinary comment.
2682# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2683 # This is logical line # 36.
2684@end smallexample
2685This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2686of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2687
2688@node Symbol Intro
2689@section Symbols
2690
2691@cindex characters used in symbols
2692@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2693A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2694letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2695@samp{_.$}.
2696@end ifclear
2697@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2698@ifclear GENERIC
2699@ifset H8
2700A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2701letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2702@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2703symbol names.)
2704@end ifset
2705@end ifclear
2706@end ifset
2707@ifset GENERIC
2708On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2709are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2710@end ifset
2711No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2712There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2713are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2714beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2715of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2716@cindex length of symbols
2717
2718@node Statements
2719@section Statements
2720
2721@cindex statements, structure of
2722@cindex line separator character
2723@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2724
2725A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2726@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2727specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2728target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2729The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2730preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2731exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2732
2733@cindex newline, required at file end
2734@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2735It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2736character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2737
2738An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2739
2740@cindex instructions and directives
2741@cindex directives and instructions
2742@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2743@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2744@c 13feb91.
2745A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2746key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2747symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2748symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2749directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2750a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2751assembles into a machine language instruction.
2752@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2753Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2754recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2755represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2756language.@refill
2757@end ifset
2758
2759@cindex @code{:} (label)
2760@cindex label (@code{:})
2761A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2762Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2763have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2764
2765@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2766For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2767the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2768only one label may be defined on each line.
2769@end ifset
2770
2771@smallexample
2772label: .directive followed by something
2773another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2774 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2775@end smallexample
2776
2777@node Constants
2778@section Constants
2779
2780@cindex constants
2781A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2782inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2783@smallexample
2784@group
2785.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2786.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2787.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2788.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
278995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2790@end group
2791@end smallexample
2792
2793@menu
2794* Characters:: Character Constants
2795* Numbers:: Number Constants
2796@end menu
2797
2798@node Characters
2799@subsection Character Constants
2800
2801@cindex character constants
2802@cindex constants, character
2803There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2804for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2805numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2806@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2807used in arithmetic expressions.
2808
2809@menu
2810* Strings:: Strings
2811* Chars:: Characters
2812@end menu
2813
2814@node Strings
2815@subsubsection Strings
2816
2817@cindex string constants
2818@cindex constants, string
2819A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2820double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2821into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2822a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2823one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2824@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2825(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2826escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2827
2828@cindex escape codes, character
2829@cindex character escape codes
2830@table @kbd
2831@c @item \a
2832@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2833@c
2834@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2835@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2836@item \b
2837Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2838
2839@c @item \e
2840@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2841@c
2842@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2843@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2844@item \f
2845Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2846
2847@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2848@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2849@item \n
2850Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2851
2852@c @item \p
2853@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2854@c
2855@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2856@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2857@item \r
2858Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2859
2860@c @item \s
2861@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2862@c other assemblers.
2863@c
2864@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2865@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2866@item \t
2867Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2868
2869@c @item \v
2870@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2871@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2872@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2873@c
2874@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2875@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2876@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2877An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2878For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2879for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2880
2881@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2882@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2883@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2884A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2885lower case @code{x} works.
2886
2887@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2888@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2889@item \\
2890Represents one @samp{\} character.
2891
2892@c @item \'
2893@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2894@c This is needed in single character literals
2895@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2896@c a @samp{'}.
2897@c
2898@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2899@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2900@item \"
2901Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2902this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2903
2904@item \ @var{anything-else}
2905Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2906assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2907you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2908interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2909other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2910code and warns you of the fact.
2911@end table
2912
2913Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2914varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2915the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2916compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2917sequence.
2918
2919@node Chars
2920@subsubsection Characters
2921
2922@cindex single character constant
2923@cindex character, single
2924@cindex constant, single character
2925A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2926followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2927to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2928must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2929@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2930grave accent. A newline
2931@ifclear GENERIC
2932@ifclear abnormal-separator
2933(or semicolon @samp{;})
2934@end ifclear
2935@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2936@ifset H8
2937(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2938Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2939@end ifset
2940@end ifset
2941@end ifclear
2942immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2943and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2944constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2945that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2946@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2947
2948@node Numbers
2949@subsection Number Constants
2950
2951@cindex constants, number
2952@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2953@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2954are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2955would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2956integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2957are floating point numbers, described below.
2958
2959@menu
2960* Integers:: Integers
2961* Bignums:: Bignums
2962* Flonums:: Flonums
2963@ifclear GENERIC
2964@ifset I960
2965* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2966@end ifset
2967@end ifclear
2968@end menu
2969
2970@node Integers
2971@subsubsection Integers
2972@cindex integers
2973@cindex constants, integer
2974
2975@cindex binary integers
2976@cindex integers, binary
2977A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2978the binary digits @samp{01}.
2979
2980@cindex octal integers
2981@cindex integers, octal
2982An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2983digits (@samp{01234567}).
2984
2985@cindex decimal integers
2986@cindex integers, decimal
2987A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2988more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2989
2990@cindex hexadecimal integers
2991@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2992A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2993more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2994
2995Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2996the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2997(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2998
2999@node Bignums
3000@subsubsection Bignums
3001
3002@cindex bignums
3003@cindex constants, bignum
3004A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3005except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3006represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3007integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3008
3009@node Flonums
3010@subsubsection Flonums
3011@cindex flonums
3012@cindex floating point numbers
3013@cindex constants, floating point
3014
3015@cindex precision, floating point
3016A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3017indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3018@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3019sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3020to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3021portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3022
3023A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3024@itemize @bullet
3025@item
3026The digit @samp{0}.
3027@ifset HPPA
3028(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3029@end ifset
3030
3031@item
a4fb0134 3032A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3033@ifset GENERIC
3034@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3035@ignore
3036@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3037(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30384.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3039@end ignore
3040
7be1c489 3041On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3042and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3043one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3044
3045On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3046(in upper or lower case).
3047
3048On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3049one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3050
3051On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3052@end ifset
3053@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3054@ifset ARC
3055One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3056@end ifset
3057@ifset H8
3058One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3059@end ifset
3060@ifset HPPA
3061The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3062@end ifset
3063@ifset I960
3064One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3065@end ifset
3066@end ifclear
3067
3068@item
3069An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3070
3071@item
3072An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3073
3074@item
3075An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3076or more decimal digits.
3077
3078@item
3079An optional exponent, consisting of:
3080
3081@itemize @bullet
3082@item
3083An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3084@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3085@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3086@item
3087Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3088@item
3089One or more decimal digits.
3090@end itemize
3091
3092@end itemize
3093
3094At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3095present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3096
a4fb0134 3097@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3098independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3099@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3100
3101@ifclear GENERIC
3102@ifset I960
3103@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3104@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3105@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3106@node Bit Fields
3107@subsubsection Bit Fields
3108
3109@cindex bit fields
3110@cindex constants, bit field
3111You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3112Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3113@example
3114@var{mask}:@var{value}
3115@end example
3116@noindent
a4fb0134 3117@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3118@var{value}.
3119
3120The resulting number is then packed
3121@ifset GENERIC
3122@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3123(in host-dependent byte order)
3124@end ifset
3125into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3126bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3127requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3128more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3129least significant digits.@refill
3130
3131The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3132@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3133@end ifset
3134@end ifclear
3135
3136@node Sections
3137@chapter Sections and Relocation
3138@cindex sections
3139@cindex relocation
3140
3141@menu
3142* Secs Background:: Background
3143* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3144* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3145* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3146* bss:: bss Section
3147@end menu
3148
3149@node Secs Background
3150@section Background
3151
3152Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3153``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3154For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3155
3156@cindex linker, and assembler
3157@cindex assembler, and linker
3158The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3159combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3160emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3161@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3162different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3163oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3164sections.
3165
3166@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3167addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3168units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3169within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3170run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3171the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3172the proper run-time addresses.
3173@ifset H8
7be1c489 3174For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3175@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3176ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3177@end ifset
3178
3179@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3180An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3181of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3182@dfn{bss} sections.
3183
c1253627 3184@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3185@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3186When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3187@end ifset
a4fb0134 3188@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3189using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3190If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3191or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3192@end ifset
3193
3194@ifset HPPA
3195@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3196When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3197@end ifset
a4fb0134 3198@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3199specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3200@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3201(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3202assembler directives.
3203
3204@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3205Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3206text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3207is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3208BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3209@end ifset
3210@end ifset
3211
3212Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3213data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3214
3215@ifset HPPA
3216When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3217section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3218@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3219@end ifset
3220
3221To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3222relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3223object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3224@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3225file is mentioned:
3226@itemize @bullet
3227@item
3228Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3229an address?
3230@item
3231How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3232@item
3233Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3234@display
3235(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3236@end display
3237@item
3238Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3239@end itemize
3240
3241@cindex addresses, format of
3242@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3243In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3244@display
3245(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3246@end display
3247@noindent
a4fb0134 3248Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3249nature.
3250@ifset SOM
3251(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3252symbol-relative instead.)
3253@end ifset
3254
3255In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3256@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3257
3258Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3259@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3260addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3261@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3262@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3263data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3264their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3265part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3266address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3267
3268The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3269address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3270rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3271Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3272address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3273common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3274time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3275
3276By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3277the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3278sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3279customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3280the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3281data and bss sections.
3282
3283Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3284use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3285
3286@node Ld Sections
3287@section Linker Sections
3288@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3289
3290@table @strong
3291
c1253627 3292@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3293@cindex named sections
3294@cindex sections, named
3295@item named sections
3296@end ifset
3297@ifset aout-bout
3298@cindex text section
3299@cindex data section
3300@itemx text section
3301@itemx data section
3302@end ifset
a4fb0134 3303These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3304separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3305true of another.
3306@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3307When the program is running, however, it is
3308customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3309text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3310instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3311program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3312in the data section.
c1253627 3313@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3314
3315@cindex bss section
3316@item bss section
3317This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3318is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3319each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3320out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3321bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3322those explicit zeros from object files.
3323
3324@cindex absolute section
3325@item absolute section
3326Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3327This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3328not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3329addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3330
3331@cindex undefined section
3332@item undefined section
3333This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3334the preceding sections.
3335@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3336@end table
3337
3338@cindex relocation example
3339An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3340@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3341The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3342@end ifset
3343Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3344
3345@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3346@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3347@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3348@smallexample
3349 +-----+----+--+
3350partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3351 +-----+----+--+
3352
3353 text data bss
3354 seg. seg. seg.
3355
3356 +---+---+---+
3357partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3358 +---+---+---+
3359
3360 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3361linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3362 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3363
3364 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3365@end smallexample
3366@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3367@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3368@need 5000
3369@tex
c1253627 3370\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3371\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3372\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3373\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3374
3375\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3376\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3377\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3378
3379\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3380\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3381\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3382ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3383DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3384
3385\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3386\line{0\dots\hfil}
3387
3388@end tex
3389@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3390
3391@node As Sections
3392@section Assembler Internal Sections
3393
3394@cindex internal assembler sections
3395@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3396These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3397have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3398sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3399warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3400meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3401value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3402section-relative address.
3403
3404@table @b
3405@cindex assembler internal logic error
3406@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3407An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3408bug in the assembler.
3409
3410@cindex expr (internal section)
3411@item expr section
3412The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3413symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3414it in the expr section.
3415@c FIXME item debug
3416@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3417@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3418@c FIXME item register
3419@end table
3420
3421@node Sub-Sections
3422@section Sub-Sections
3423
3424@cindex numbered subsections
3425@cindex grouping data
3426@ifset aout-bout
3427Assembled bytes
c1253627 3428@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3429conventionally
3430@end ifset
3431fall into two sections: text and data.
3432@end ifset
3433You may have separate groups of
3434@ifset GENERIC
3435data in named sections
3436@end ifset
3437@ifclear GENERIC
3438@ifclear aout-bout
3439data in named sections
3440@end ifclear
3441@ifset aout-bout
3442text or data
3443@end ifset
3444@end ifclear
3445that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3446are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3447use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3448numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3449same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3450subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3451section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3452assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3453section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3454constants being output.
3455
3456Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3457goes in subsection number zero.
3458
3459@ifset GENERIC
3460Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3461(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3462of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3463@end ifset
3464@ifclear GENERIC
3465@ifset H8
7be1c489 3466On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3467boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3468The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3469@end ifset
3470@ifset I960
3471@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3472@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3473@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3474@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3475@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3476@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3477@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3478@end ifclear
3479
3480Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3481to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3482The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3483other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3484They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3485data subsections as a data section.
3486
3487To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3488into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3489@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3490@ifset COFF
252b5132 3491@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3492When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3493@end ifset
3494@ifclear GENERIC
3495You
3496@end ifclear
3497can also use an extra subsection
3498argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3499@var{expression}}.
3500@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3501@ifset ELF
3502@ifset GENERIC
3503When generating ELF output, you
3504@end ifset
3505@ifclear GENERIC
3506You
3507@end ifclear
3508can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3509to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3510@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3511@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3512(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3513is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3514begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3515@smallexample
3516.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3517.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3518.text 1
3519.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3520.data 0
3521.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3522.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3523.text 0
3524.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3525.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3526@end smallexample
3527
3528Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3529assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3530restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3531counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3532@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3533current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3534assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3535
3536@node bss
3537@section bss Section
3538
3539@cindex bss section
3540@cindex common variable storage
3541The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3542You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3543not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3544your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3545section are zeroed bytes.
3546
3547The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3548@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3549
3550The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3551another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3552
3553@ifset GENERIC
3554When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3555COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3556see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3557section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3558@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3559@end ifset
3560
3561@node Symbols
3562@chapter Symbols
3563
3564@cindex symbols
3565Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3566things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3567to debug.
3568
3569@quotation
3570@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3571@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3572the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3573@end quotation
3574
3575@menu
3576* Labels:: Labels
3577* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3578* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3579* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3580* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3581@end menu
3582
3583@node Labels
3584@section Labels
3585
3586@cindex labels
3587A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3588@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3589active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3590operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3591different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3592definitions.
3593
3594@ifset HPPA
3595On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3596colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3597a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3598provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3599@end ifset
3600
3601@node Setting Symbols
3602@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3603
3604@cindex assigning values to symbols
3605@cindex symbol values, assigning
3606A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3607by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3608(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3609directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3610equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3611@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3612
f8739b83
JZ
3613@ifset Blackfin
3614Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3615@end ifset
3616
252b5132
RH
3617@node Symbol Names
3618@section Symbol Names
3619
3620@cindex symbol names
3621@cindex names, symbol
3622@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3623Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3624machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3625noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3626string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3627particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3628@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3629@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3630@ifset H8
3631Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3632Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3633character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3634on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3635@end ifset
3636@end ifset
3637
3638Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3639than @code{Foo}.
3640
7bfd842d
NC
3641Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3642multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3643@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3644currently supported.
3645
252b5132
RH
3646Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3647refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3648in a program.
3649
3650@subheading Local Symbol Names
3651
3652@cindex local symbol names
3653@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3654A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3655By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3656@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3657set of local label prefixes.
3658@ifset HPPA
3659On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3660@end ifset
3661
3662Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3663normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3664You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3665to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3666
3667@subheading Local Labels
3668
3669@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3670@cindex temporary symbol names
3671@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3672Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3673They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3674the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3675To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3676represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3677definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3678you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3679@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3680for ``forwards''.
3681
3682There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3683too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3684the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3685defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3686definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3687noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3688implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3689
3690Here is an example:
3691
3692@smallexample
36931: branch 1f
36942: branch 1b
36951: branch 2f
36962: branch 1b
3697@end smallexample
3698
3699Which is the equivalent of:
3700
3701@smallexample
3702label_1: branch label_3
3703label_2: branch label_1
3704label_3: branch label_4
3705label_4: branch label_3
3706@end smallexample
3707
ba83aca1 3708Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3709transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3710The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3711are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3712these parts:
252b5132
RH
3713
3714@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3715@item @emph{local label prefix}
3716All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3717Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3718that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3719used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3720@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3721object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3722you may use them in debugging.
3723
2d5aaba0
NC
3724@item @var{number}
3725This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3726label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3727
2d5aaba0
NC
3728@item @kbd{C-B}
3729This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3730of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3731
3732@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3733This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3734@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3735number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3736the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3737@end table
3738
ba83aca1
BW
3739So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3740the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3741
3742@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3743@cindex dollar local symbols
3744
3745@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3746dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3747soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3748region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3749scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3750the same local label.
3751
3752Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3753except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3754@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3755
3756They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3757names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3758to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3759@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3760
3761@node Dot
3762@section The Special Dot Symbol
3763
3764@cindex dot (symbol)
3765@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3766@cindex current address
3767@cindex location counter
3768The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3769@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3770.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3771Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3772directive.
252b5132 3773@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3774Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3775@samp{.space 4}.
3776@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3777
3778@node Symbol Attributes
3779@section Symbol Attributes
3780
3781@cindex symbol attributes
3782@cindex attributes, symbol
3783Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3784``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3785attributes.
3786@ifset INTERNALS
3787The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3788@end ifset
3789
a4fb0134 3790If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3791all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3792symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3793would want.
3794
3795@menu
3796* Symbol Value:: Value
3797* Symbol Type:: Type
3798@ifset aout-bout
3799@ifset GENERIC
3800* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3801@end ifset
3802@ifclear GENERIC
3803@ifclear BOUT
3804* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3805@end ifclear
3806@ifset BOUT
3807* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3808@end ifset
3809@end ifclear
3810@end ifset
3811@ifset COFF
3812* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3813@end ifset
3814@ifset SOM
3815* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3816@end ifset
3817@end menu
3818
3819@node Symbol Value
3820@subsection Value
3821
3822@cindex value of a symbol
3823@cindex symbol value
3824The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3825location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3826number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3827Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3828as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3829symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3830called absolute.
3831
3832The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38330 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3834@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3835same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3836name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3837common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3838bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3839allocated storage.
3840
3841@node Symbol Type
3842@subsection Type
3843
3844@cindex type of a symbol
3845@cindex symbol type
3846The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3847information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3848(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3849format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3850
3851@ifset aout-bout
3852@ifclear GENERIC
3853@ifset BOUT
3854@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3855@c better if it were available outside examples.
3856@need 1000
3857@node a.out Symbols
3858@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3859
3860@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3861@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3862These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3863one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3864@code{b.out}.
3865
3866@end ifset
3867@ifclear BOUT
3868@node a.out Symbols
3869@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3870
3871@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3872@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3873
3874@end ifclear
3875@end ifclear
3876@ifset GENERIC
3877@node a.out Symbols
3878@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3879
3880@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3881@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3882
3883@end ifset
3884@menu
3885* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3886* Symbol Other:: Other
3887@end menu
3888
3889@node Symbol Desc
3890@subsubsection Descriptor
3891
3892@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3893This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3894descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3895(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3896@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3897
3898@node Symbol Other
3899@subsubsection Other
3900
3901@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3902This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3903@end ifset
3904
3905@ifset COFF
3906@node COFF Symbols
3907@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3908
3909@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3910@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3911
3912The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3913like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3914@code{.endef} directives.
3915
3916@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3917
3918@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3919The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3920respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3921
3922@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3923
3924@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3925The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3926@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3927table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3928@end ifset
3929
3930@ifset SOM
3931@node SOM Symbols
3932@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3933
3934@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3935@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3936
3937The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3938the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3939
01642c12 3940The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3941Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3942@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3943@end ifset
3944
3945@node Expressions
3946@chapter Expressions
3947
3948@cindex expressions
3949@cindex addresses
3950@cindex numeric values
3951An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3952Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3953
3954The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3955a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3956enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3957section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3958the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3959@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3960
3961@menu
3962* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3963* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3964@end menu
3965
3966@node Empty Exprs
3967@section Empty Expressions
3968
3969@cindex empty expressions
3970@cindex expressions, empty
3971An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3972Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3973expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3974is compatible with other assemblers.
3975
3976@node Integer Exprs
3977@section Integer Expressions
3978
3979@cindex integer expressions
3980@cindex expressions, integer
3981An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3982by @emph{operators}.
3983
3984@menu
3985* Arguments:: Arguments
3986* Operators:: Operators
3987* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3988* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3989@end menu
3990
3991@node Arguments
3992@subsection Arguments
3993
3994@cindex expression arguments
3995@cindex arguments in expressions
3996@cindex operands in expressions
3997@cindex arithmetic operands
3998@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3999contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4000this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4001the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4002expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4003instruction operands.
4004
4005Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4006@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4007or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4008integer.
4009
4010Numbers are usually integers.
4011
4012A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4013that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4014these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4015instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4016assemblers.
4017
4018@cindex subexpressions
4019Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4020expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4021operator followed by an argument.
4022
4023@node Operators
4024@subsection Operators
4025
4026@cindex operators, in expressions
4027@cindex arithmetic functions
4028@cindex functions, in expressions
4029@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4030operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4031between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4032whitespace.
4033
4034@node Prefix Ops
4035@subsection Prefix Operator
4036
4037@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4038@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4039one argument, which must be absolute.
4040
4041@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4042@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4043@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4044@tex
4045\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4046@end tex
4047
4048@table @code
4049@item -
4050@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4051@item ~
4052@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4053@end table
4054
4055@tex
4056\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4057@end tex
4058
4059@node Infix Ops
4060@subsection Infix Operators
4061
4062@cindex infix operators
4063@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4064@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4065have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4066to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4067absolute, and the result is absolute.
4068
4069@enumerate
4070@cindex operator precedence
4071@cindex precedence of operators
4072
4073@item
4074Highest Precedence
4075
4076@table @code
4077@item *
4078@dfn{Multiplication}.
4079
4080@item /
4081@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4082
4083@item %
4084@dfn{Remainder}.
4085
d1eac9d9 4086@item <<
252b5132
RH
4087@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4088
d1eac9d9 4089@item >>
252b5132
RH
4090@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4091@end table
4092
4093@item
4094Intermediate precedence
4095
4096@table @code
4097@item |
4098
4099@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4100
4101@item &
4102@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4103
4104@item ^
4105@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4106
4107@item !
4108@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4109@end table
4110
4111@item
b131d4dc 4112Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4113
4114@table @code
4115@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4116@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4117@cindex arguments for addition
4118@item +
4119@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4120the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4121sections.
4122
4123@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4124@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4125@cindex arguments for subtraction
4126@item -
4127@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4128result has the section of the left argument.
4129If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4130You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4131@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4132
4133@cindex comparison expressions
4134@cindex expressions, comparison
4135@item ==
4136@dfn{Is Equal To}
4137@item <>
723a8472 4138@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4139@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4140@item <
4141@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4142@item >
b131d4dc 4143@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4144@item >=
b131d4dc 4145@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4146@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4147@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4148
4149The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4150value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4151perform signed comparisons.
4152@end table
4153
4154@item Lowest Precedence
4155
4156@table @code
4157@item &&
4158@dfn{Logical And}.
4159
4160@item ||
4161@dfn{Logical Or}.
4162
4163These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4164expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4165value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4166or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4167
252b5132
RH
4168@end table
4169@end enumerate
4170
4171In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4172address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4173
4174@node Pseudo Ops
4175@chapter Assembler Directives
4176
4177@cindex directives, machine independent
4178@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4179@cindex machine independent directives
4180All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4181The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4182
4183This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4184target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4185@ifset GENERIC
4186Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4187@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4188@end ifset
4189@ifclear GENERIC
4190@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4191@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4192@end ifset
4193@end ifclear
4194
4195@menu
4196* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4197@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4198* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4199@end ifset
f0dc282c 4200
252b5132 4201* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4202* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4203* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4204* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4205* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4206* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4207* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4208* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4209* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4210* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4211@ifset COFF
4212* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4213@end ifset
4214@ifset aout-bout
4215* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4216@end ifset
4217@ifset COFF
4218* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4219@end ifset
f0dc282c 4220
252b5132
RH
4221* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4222* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4223* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4224* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4225* End:: @code{.end}
4226@ifset COFF
4227* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4228@end ifset
f0dc282c 4229
252b5132
RH
4230* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4231* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4232* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4233* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4234* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4235* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4236* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4237* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4238* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4239* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4240* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4241* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4242* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4243* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4244* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4245@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4246* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4247* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4248@end ifset
f0dc282c 4249
252b5132
RH
4250* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4251* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4252* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4253* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4254* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4255* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4256@ifset ELF
4257* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4258@end ifset
f0dc282c 4259
252b5132
RH
4260* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4261* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4262* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4263* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4264@ifclear no-line-dir
4265* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4266@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4267
252b5132
RH
4268* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4269* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4270* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4271* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4272* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4273@ifset ELF
4274* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4275@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4276
252b5132
RH
4277* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4278@ignore
4279* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4280@end ignore
f0dc282c 4281
252b5132
RH
4282* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4283* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4284* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4285* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4286* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4287* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4288* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4289* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4290@ifset ELF
4291* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4292* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4293@end ifset
f0dc282c 4294
252b5132 4295* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4296@ifset ELF
4297* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4298@end ifset
f0dc282c 4299
252b5132
RH
4300* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4301* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4302@ifset ELF
4303* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4304@end ifset
f0dc282c 4305
252b5132 4306* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4307* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4308* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4309* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4310@ifset COFF
4311* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4312@end ifset
4313@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4314* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4315@end ifset
f0dc282c 4316
252b5132
RH
4317* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4318* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4319* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4320@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4321* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4322@end ifset
884f0d36 4323@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4324* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4325@end ifclear
4326
252b5132 4327* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4328@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4329* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4330@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4331@ifset have-stabs
4332* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4333@end ifset
f0dc282c 4334
38a57ae7 4335* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4336* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4337@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4338* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4339* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4340@end ifset
f0dc282c 4341
252b5132
RH
4342@ifset COFF
4343* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4344@end ifset
f0dc282c 4345
252b5132
RH
4346* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4347* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4348@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4349* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4350@end ifset
4351
c91d2e08 4352* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4353@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4354* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4355@end ifset
f0dc282c 4356
2e13b764 4357@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4358* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4359* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4360* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4361@end ifset
f0dc282c 4362
d190d046 4363* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4364* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4365* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4366* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4367* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4368@end menu
4369
4370@node Abort
4371@section @code{.abort}
4372
4373@cindex @code{abort} directive
4374@cindex stopping the assembly
4375This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4376compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4377assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4378of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4379quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4380
4381@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4382@node ABORT (COFF)
4383@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4384
4385@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4386When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4387synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4388
4389@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4390When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4391but ignores it.
4392@end ifset
4393@end ifset
4394
4395@node Align
4396@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4397
4398@cindex padding the location counter
4399@cindex @code{align} directive
4400Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4401boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4402required, as described below.
4403
4404The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4405padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4406padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4407marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4408with no-op instructions.
4409
4410The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4411it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4412directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4413specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4414fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4415required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4416with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4417
4418The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4419For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4420s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4421alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4422the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4423is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4424first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4425
9e9a9798 4426For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4427strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4428number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4429advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4430counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4431multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4432
4433This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4434native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4435GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4436described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4437architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4438
ccf8a69b
BW
4439@node Altmacro
4440@section @code{.altmacro}
4441Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4442
4443@ftable @code
4444@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4445One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4446generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4447replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4448replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4449separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4450define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4451
4452@item String delimiters
4453You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4454@code{"@var{string}"}:
4455
4456@table @code
4457@item '@var{string}'
4458You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4459
4460@item <@var{string}>
4461You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4462@end table
4463
4464@item single-character string escape
4465To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4466character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4467character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4468write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4469
4470@item Expression results as strings
4471You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4472and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4473@end ftable
4474
252b5132
RH
4475@node Ascii
4476@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4477
4478@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4479@cindex string literals
4480@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4481separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4482trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4483
4484@node Asciz
4485@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4486
4487@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4488@cindex zero-terminated strings
4489@cindex null-terminated strings
4490@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4491a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4492
4493@node Balign
4494@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4495
4496@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4497@cindex @code{balign} directive
4498Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4499storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4500alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4501the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4502is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4503
4504The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4505padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4506padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4507marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4508with no-op instructions.
4509
4510The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4511it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4512directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4513specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4514fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4515required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4516with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4517
4518@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4519@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4520The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4521@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4522pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4523fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45244,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4525filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4526the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4527undefined.
4528
fa94de6b
RM
4529@node Bundle directives
4530@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4531@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4532@cindex bundle
4533@cindex instruction bundle
4534@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4535@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4536bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4537into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4538disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4539gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4540@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4541
4542For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4543certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4544instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4545@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4546chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4547effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4548instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4549that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4550end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4551starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4552instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4553
4554@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4555@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4556@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4557The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4558allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4559are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4560aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4561@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4562directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4563
4564@cindex bundle-locked
4565For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4566appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4567instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4568and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4569instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4570sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4571@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4572entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4573boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4574first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4575aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4576bundle size.
4577
d416e51d
RM
4578For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4579inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4580nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4581@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4582matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4583same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4584
252b5132
RH
4585@node Byte
4586@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4587
4588@cindex @code{byte} directive
4589@cindex integers, one byte
4590@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4591Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4592
54cfded0 4593@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4594@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4595@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4596@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4597should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4598If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4599if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4600To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4601directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4602
4b7d318b 4603@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4604@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4605@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4606should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4607data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4608@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4609
01642c12 4610Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4611it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4612
54cfded0
AM
4613@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4614@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4615@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4616unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4617@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4618
9b8ae42e
JJ
4619@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4620@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4621@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4622should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4623argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4624a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4625the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4626can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4627The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4628no personality routine.
4629
4630@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4631@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4632@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4633should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4634argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4635or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4636no LSDA.
4637
54cfded0 4638@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4639@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4640address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4641
4642@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4643@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4644now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4645remains the same.
4646
4647@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4648@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4649remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4650absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4651CFA address.
4652
4653@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4654Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4655value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4656
4657@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4658Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4659CFA.
54cfded0 4660
17076204
RH
4661@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4662Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4663the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4664using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4665This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4666code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4667
4b7d318b
L
4668@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4669Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4670
4671@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4672@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4673same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4674instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4675
4676@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4677From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4678
4679@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4680Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4681i.e. no restoration needed.
4682
01642c12
RM
4683@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4684First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4685then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4686everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4687the previous saved state.
4688
4689@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4690Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4691directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4692
63752a75
JJ
4693@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4694Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4695
6749011b 4696@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4697SPARC register window has been saved.
4698
cdfbf930
RH
4699@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4700Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4701might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4702opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4703
f1c4cc75
RH
4704@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4705The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4706will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4707description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4708
4709The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4710limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4711mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4712by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4713or another register.
4714
ccf8a69b
BW
4715@node Comm
4716@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4717
ccf8a69b
BW
4718@cindex @code{comm} directive
4719@cindex symbol, common
4720@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4721common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4722of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4723definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4724allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4725absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4726the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4727using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4728
c1711530
DK
4729@ifset COFF-ELF
4730When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4731an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4732specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4733that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4734as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4735boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4736power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4737common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4738alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4739largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4740maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4741is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4742@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4743multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4744It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4745(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4746@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4747
ccf8a69b
BW
4748@ifset HPPA
4749The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4750@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4751@end ifset
07a53e5c 4752
252b5132
RH
4753@node Data
4754@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4755
4756@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4757@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4758end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4759absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4760to zero.
4761
4762@ifset COFF
4763@node Def
4764@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4765
4766@cindex @code{def} directive
4767@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4768@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4769Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4770definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4771@ifset BOUT
4772
a4fb0134 4773This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4774format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4775but ignored.
4776@end ifset
4777@end ifset
4778
4779@ifset aout-bout
4780@node Desc
4781@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4782
4783@cindex @code{desc} directive
4784@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4785@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4786This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4787to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4788
4789@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4790The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4791configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4792object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4793it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4794@end ifset
4795@end ifset
4796
4797@ifset COFF
4798@node Dim
4799@section @code{.dim}
4800
4801@cindex @code{dim} directive
4802@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4803@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4804This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4805information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4806@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4807@ifset BOUT
4808
4809@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4810@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4811ignores it.
4812@end ifset
4813@end ifset
4814
4815@node Double
4816@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4817
4818@cindex @code{double} directive
4819@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4820@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4821assembles floating point numbers.
4822@ifset GENERIC
4823The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4824@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4825@end ifset
4826@ifclear GENERIC
4827@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4828On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4829in @sc{ieee} format.
4830@end ifset
4831@end ifclear
4832
4833@node Eject
4834@section @code{.eject}
4835
4836@cindex @code{eject} directive
4837@cindex new page, in listings
4838@cindex page, in listings
4839@cindex listing control: new page
4840Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4841
4842@node Else
4843@section @code{.else}
4844
4845@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4846@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4847assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4848of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4849was false.
4850
3fd9f047
TW
4851@node Elseif
4852@section @code{.elseif}
4853
4854@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4855@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4856assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4857@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4858
252b5132
RH
4859@node End
4860@section @code{.end}
4861
4862@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4863@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4864process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4865
4866@ifset COFF
4867@node Endef
4868@section @code{.endef}
4869
4870@cindex @code{endef} directive
4871This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4872@code{.def}.
4873@ifset BOUT
4874
4875@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4876@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4877directive but ignores it.
4878@end ifset
4879@end ifset
4880
4881@node Endfunc
4882@section @code{.endfunc}
4883@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4884@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4885
4886@node Endif
4887@section @code{.endif}
4888
4889@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4890@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4891it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4892conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4893
4894@node Equ
4895@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4896
4897@cindex @code{equ} directive
4898@cindex assigning values to symbols
4899@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4900This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4901It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4902
4903@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4904The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4905@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4906@end ifset
4907
3c9b82ba 4908@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4909The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4910@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4911On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4912but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4913Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4914@end ifset
4915
252b5132
RH
4916@node Equiv
4917@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4918@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4919The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4920the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4921symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4922undefined.
252b5132 4923
01642c12 4924Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4925@smallexample
4926.ifdef SYM
4927.err
4928.endif
4929.equ SYM,VAL
4930@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4931plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4932
4933@node Eqv
4934@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4935@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4936The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4937evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4938the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4939value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4940
4941@node Err
4942@section @code{.err}
4943@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4944If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4945message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4946object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4947
d190d046
HPN
4948@node Error
4949@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4950@cindex error directive
4951
4952Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4953string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4954message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4955@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4956
4957@smallexample
4958 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4959@end smallexample
4960
252b5132
RH
4961@node Exitm
4962@section @code{.exitm}
4963Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4964
4965@node Extern
4966@section @code{.extern}
4967
4968@cindex @code{extern} directive
4969@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4970with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4971all undefined symbols as external.
4972
4973@node Fail
4974@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4975
4976@cindex @code{fail} directive
4977Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4978or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4979than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4980include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4981complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4982
252b5132 4983@node File
14082c76 4984@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4985@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4986
4987@ifclear no-file-dir
4988There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4989that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4990@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4991
4992@subheading Default Version
4993
252b5132
RH
4994@cindex logical file name
4995@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4996This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4997are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4998
4999@smallexample
5000.file @var{string}
5001@end smallexample
5002
5003@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5004recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5005to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5006statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5007old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5008
5009@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5010@end ifclear
5011
14082c76
BW
5012When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5013to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5014
5015@smallexample
5016.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5017@end smallexample
5018
5019The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5020index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5021literal.
5022
5023The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5024table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5025information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5026entries will have.
5027
252b5132
RH
5028@node Fill
5029@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5030
5031@cindex @code{fill} directive
5032@cindex writing patterns in memory
5033@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5034@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5035This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5036may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5037more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5038other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5039is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5040zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5041byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5042Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5043@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5044compatible with other people's assemblers.
5045
5046@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5047If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5048assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5049@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5050
5051@node Float
5052@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5053
5054@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5055@cindex @code{float} directive
5056This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5057has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5058@ifset GENERIC
5059The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5060@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5061@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5062@end ifset
5063@ifclear GENERIC
5064@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5065On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5066in @sc{ieee} format.
5067@end ifset
5068@end ifclear
5069
5070@node Func
5071@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5072@cindex @code{func} directive
5073@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5074is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5075Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5076@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5077prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5078@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5079All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5080The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5081
5082@node Global
5083@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5084
5085@cindex @code{global} directive
5086@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5087@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5088@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5089other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5090@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5091from another file linked into the same program.
5092
5093Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5094compatibility with other assemblers.
5095
5096@ifset HPPA
5097On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5098partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5099@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5100@end ifset
5101
c91d2e08 5102@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5103@node Gnu_attribute
5104@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5105Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5106
c91d2e08
NC
5107@node Hidden
5108@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5109
c1253627
NC
5110@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5111@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5112This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5113@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5114@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5115
5116This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5117their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5118@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5119Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5120@end ifset
5121
252b5132
RH
5122@node hword
5123@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5124
5125@cindex @code{hword} directive
5126@cindex integers, 16-bit
5127@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5128@cindex sixteen bit integers
5129This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5130a 16 bit number for each.
5131
5132@ifset GENERIC
5133This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5134architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5135@end ifset
5136@ifclear GENERIC
5137@ifset W32
5138This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5139@end ifset
5140@ifset W16
5141This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5142@end ifset
5143@end ifclear
5144
5145@node Ident
5146@section @code{.ident}
5147
5148@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5149
5150This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5151behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5152a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5153source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5154for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5155@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5156emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5157
5158@node If
5159@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5160
5161@cindex conditional assembly
5162@cindex @code{if} directive
5163@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5164considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5165(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5166the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5167(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5168alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5169If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5170nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5171
5172The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5173@table @code
5174@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5175@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5176Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5177has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5178is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5179
26aca5f6
JB
5180@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5181@item .ifb @var{text}
5182Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5183
252b5132
RH
5184@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5185@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5186Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5187strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5188the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5189end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5190string comparison is case sensitive.
5191
5192@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5193@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5194Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5195
5196@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5197@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5198Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5199
5200@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5201@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5202Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5203equal to zero.
5204
5205@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5206@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5207Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5208
5209@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5210@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5211Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5212to zero.
5213
5214@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5215@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5216Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5217
26aca5f6
JB
5218@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5219@item .ifnb @var{text}
5220Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5221following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5222
252b5132
RH
5223@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5224@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5225Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5226following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5227
5228@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5229@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5230@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5231@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5232Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5233has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5234which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5235
5236@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5237@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5238Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5239(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5240
5241@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5242@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5243Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5244following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5245@end table
5246
7e005732
NC
5247@node Incbin
5248@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5249
5250@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5251@cindex binary files, including
5252The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5253location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5254option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5255around @var{file}.
5256
5257The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5258@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5259read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5260responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5261after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5262
252b5132
RH
5263@node Include
5264@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5265
5266@cindex @code{include} directive
5267@cindex supporting files, including
5268@cindex files, including
5269This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5270points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5271if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5272included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5273can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5274(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5275around @var{file}.
5276
5277@node Int
5278@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5279
5280@cindex @code{int} directive
5281@cindex integers, 32-bit
5282Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5283For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5284expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5285of target the assembly is for.
5286
5287@ifclear GENERIC
5288@ifset H8
7be1c489 5289On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5290integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
529132-bit integers.
5292@end ifset
5293@end ifclear
5294
c91d2e08
NC
5295@ifset ELF
5296@node Internal
5297@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5298
c1253627
NC
5299@cindex @code{internal} directive
5300@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5301This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5302@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5303@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5304
5305This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5306their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5307@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5308(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5309processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5310@end ifset
5311
252b5132
RH
5312@node Irp
5313@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5314
5315@cindex @code{irp} directive
5316Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5317The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5318terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5319set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5320@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5321@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5322sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5323
5324For example, assembling
5325
5326@example
5327 .irp param,1,2,3
5328 move d\param,sp@@-
5329 .endr
5330@end example
5331
5332is equivalent to assembling
5333
5334@example
5335 move d1,sp@@-
5336 move d2,sp@@-
5337 move d3,sp@@-
5338@end example
5339
96e9638b 5340For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5341
252b5132
RH
5342@node Irpc
5343@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5344
5345@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5346Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5347The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5348terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5349@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5350assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5351assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5352@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5353
5354For example, assembling
5355
5356@example
5357 .irpc param,123
5358 move d\param,sp@@-
5359 .endr
5360@end example
5361
5362is equivalent to assembling
5363
5364@example
5365 move d1,sp@@-
5366 move d2,sp@@-
5367 move d3,sp@@-
5368@end example
5369
5e75c3ab
JB
5370For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5371at @xref{Macro}.
5372
252b5132
RH
5373@node Lcomm
5374@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5375
5376@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5377@cindex local common symbols
5378@cindex symbols, local common
5379Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5380denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5381those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5382section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5383is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5384not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5385
5386@ifset GENERIC
5387Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5388argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5389@end ifset
5390
5391@ifset HPPA
5392The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5393@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5394@end ifset
5395
5396@node Lflags
5397@section @code{.lflags}
5398
5399@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5400@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5401assemblers, but ignores it.
5402
5403@ifclear no-line-dir
5404@node Line
5405@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5406
5407@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5408@cindex logical line number
5409@ifset aout-bout
5410Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5411expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5412statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5413reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5414@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5415for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5416@end ifset
5417
252b5132 5418Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5419@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5420when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5421were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5422@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5423
5424Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5425used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5426debugging.
5427@end ifclear
5428
5429@node Linkonce
5430@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5431@cindex COMDAT
5432@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5433@cindex common sections
5434Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5435This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5436but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5437The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5438Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5439unique.
5440
5441This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5442writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5443Executable format used on Windows NT.
5444
5445The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5446following strings. For example:
5447@smallexample
5448.linkonce same_size
5449@end smallexample
5450Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5451
5452@table @code
5453@item discard
5454Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5455
5456@item one_only
5457Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5458
5459@item same_size
5460Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5461
5462@item same_contents
5463Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5464@end table
5465
ccf8a69b
BW
5466@node List
5467@section @code{.list}
5468
5469@cindex @code{list} directive
5470@cindex listing control, turning on
5471Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5472not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5473internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5474counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5475generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5476
5477By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5478@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5479the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5480
252b5132
RH
5481@node Ln
5482@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5483
5484@cindex @code{ln} directive
5485@ifclear no-line-dir
5486@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5487@end ifclear
5488@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5489Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5490must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5491line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5492statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5493line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5494@ifset BOUT
5495
a4fb0134 5496This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5497configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5498output format.
5499@end ifset
5500@end ifset
5501
ccf8a69b
BW
5502@node Loc
5503@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5504@cindex @code{loc} directive
5505When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5506the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5507number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5508instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5509arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5510the row is added.
252b5132 5511
ccf8a69b
BW
5512The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5513
5514@table @code
5515@item basic_block
5516This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5517@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5518
5519@item prologue_end
5520This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5521@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5522
5523@item epilogue_begin
5524This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5525@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5526
5527@item is_stmt @var{value}
5528This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5529@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5530either 0 or 1.
5531
5532@item isa @var{value}
5533This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5534state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5535
92846e72
CC
5536@item discriminator @var{value}
5537This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5538state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5539
ccf8a69b
BW
5540@end table
5541
5542@node Loc_mark_labels
5543@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5544@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5545When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5546the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5547to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5548register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5549The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5550this function respectively.
252b5132 5551
4d4175af
BW
5552@ifset ELF
5553@node Local
5554@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5555
5556@cindex @code{local} directive
5557This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5558the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5559will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5560they will be created.
5561
5562For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5563accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5564the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5565(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5566@end ifset
5567
252b5132
RH
5568@node Long
5569@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5570
5571@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5572@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5573
5574@ignore
5575@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5576@c what it really ought to do
5577@node Lsym
5578@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5579
5580@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5581@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5582@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5583the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5584rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5585the same as the expression value:
5586@smallexample
5587@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5588@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5589@var{value} = @var{expression}
5590@end smallexample
5591@noindent
5592The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5593@end ignore
5594
5595@node Macro
5596@section @code{.macro}
5597
5598@cindex macros
5599The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5600generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5601@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5602
5603@example
5604 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5605 .long \from
5606 .if \to-\from
5607 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5608 .endif
5609 .endm
5610@end example
5611
5612@noindent
5613With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5614
5615@example
5616 .long 0
5617 .long 1
5618 .long 2
5619 .long 3
5620 .long 4
5621 .long 5
5622@end example
5623
5624@ftable @code
5625@item .macro @var{macname}
5626@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5627@cindex @code{macro} directive
5628Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5629definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5630separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5631indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5632@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5633(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5634macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5635cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5636subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5637definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5638
5639@table @code
5640@item .macro comm
5641Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5642arguments.
5643
6258339f 5644@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5645@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5646Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5647which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5648@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5649
5650@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5651Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5652arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5653After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5654@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5655@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5656,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5657@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5658
6eaeac8a
JB
5659@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5660Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5661arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5662not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5663will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5664
252b5132
RH
5665When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5666position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5667@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5668
6258339f
NC
5669@end table
5670
5e75c3ab
JB
5671Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5672as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5673occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5674characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5675(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5676architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5677character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5678replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5679construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5680identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5681this macro definition:
5682
5683@example
5684 .macro label l
5685\l:
5686 .endm
5687@end example
5688
5689might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5690called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5691assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5692identifier.
5693
5694Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5695which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5696for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5697length specifier like this:
5698
5699@example
5700 .macro opcode base length
5701 \base.\length
5702 .endm
5703@end example
5704
5705and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5706instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5707interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5708
5709There are several possible ways around this problem:
5710
5711@table @code
5712@item Insert white space
5713If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5714solution. eg:
5715
5716@example
5717 .macro label l
5718\l :
5719 .endm
5720@end example
5721
5722@item Use @samp{\()}
5723The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5724the following text. eg:
5725
5726@example
5727 .macro opcode base length
5728 \base\().\length
5729 .endm
5730@end example
5731
5732@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5733In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5734used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5735
5736@example
5737 .altmacro
5738 .macro label l
5739l&:
5740 .endm
5741@end example
6258339f 5742@end table
5e75c3ab 5743
96e9638b 5744Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5745also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5746and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5747
252b5132
RH
5748@item .endm
5749@cindex @code{endm} directive
5750Mark the end of a macro definition.
5751
5752@item .exitm
5753@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5754Exit early from the current macro definition.
5755
5756@cindex number of macros executed
5757@cindex macros, count executed
5758@item \@@
a4fb0134 5759@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5760executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5761output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5762
252b5132
RH
5763@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5764@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5765macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5766@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5767@end ftable
252b5132 5768
ccf8a69b
BW
5769@node MRI
5770@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5771
ccf8a69b
BW
5772@cindex @code{mri} directive
5773@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5774If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5775@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5776affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5777of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5778
caa32fe5
NC
5779@node Noaltmacro
5780@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5781Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5782
252b5132
RH
5783@node Nolist
5784@section @code{.nolist}
5785
5786@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5787@cindex listing control, turning off
5788Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5789not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5790internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5791counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5792generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5793
5794@node Octa
5795@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5796
5797@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5798@cindex @code{octa} directive
5799@cindex integer, 16-byte
5800@cindex sixteen byte integer
5801This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5802bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5803
5804The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5805hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5806
9aec2026
NC
5807@node Offset
5808@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5809
5810@cindex @code{offset} directive
5811Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5812be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5813symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5814directive.
9aec2026 5815
252b5132
RH
5816@node Org
5817@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5818
5819@cindex @code{org} directive
5820@cindex location counter, advancing
5821@cindex advancing location counter
5822@cindex current address, advancing
5823Advance the location counter of the current section to
5824@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5825expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5826you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5827wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5828with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5829@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5830is the same as the current subsection.
5831
5832@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5833unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5834backwards.
5835
5836@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5837@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5838@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5839Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5840may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5841a chance to share your improved assembler.
5842
5843Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5844to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5845people's assemblers.
5846
5847When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5848intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5849absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5850@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5851
5852@node P2align
5853@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5854
5855@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5856@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5857Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5858storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5859number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5860advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5861counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5862multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5863
5864The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5865padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5866padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5867marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5868with no-op instructions.
5869
5870The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5871it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5872directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5873specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5874fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5875required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5876with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5877
5878@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5879@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5880The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5881@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5882pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5883fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58842,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5885filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5886the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5887undefined.
5888
ccf8a69b
BW
5889@ifset ELF
5890@node PopSection
5891@section @code{.popsection}
5892
5893@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5894@cindex Section Stack
5895This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5896@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5897@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5898(@pxref{Previous}).
5899
5900This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5901section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5902stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5903@end ifset
5904
c91d2e08
NC
5905@ifset ELF
5906@node Previous
5907@section @code{.previous}
5908
c1253627 5909@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5910@cindex Section Stack
5911This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5912@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5913@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5914(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5915
5916This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5917referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5918@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5919subsections). For example:
5920
5921@smallexample
5922.section A
5923 .subsection 1
5924 .word 0x1234
5925 .subsection 2
5926 .word 0x5678
5927.previous
5928 .word 0x9abc
5929@end smallexample
5930
5931Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5932section A. Whilst:
5933
5934@smallexample
5935.section A
5936.subsection 1
5937 # Now in section A subsection 1
5938 .word 0x1234
5939.section B
5940.subsection 0
5941 # Now in section B subsection 0
5942 .word 0x5678
5943.subsection 1
5944 # Now in section B subsection 1
5945 .word 0x9abc
5946.previous
5947 # Now in section B subsection 0
5948 .word 0xdef0
5949@end smallexample
5950
5951Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5952section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5953
5954In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5955the top section on the section stack.
5956@end ifset
5957
252b5132
RH
5958@node Print
5959@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5960
5961@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5962@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5963assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5964
c91d2e08
NC
5965@ifset ELF
5966@node Protected
5967@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5968
c1253627
NC
5969@cindex @code{protected} directive
5970@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5971This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5972@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5973
5974This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5975their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5976@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5977components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5978component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5979this.
c91d2e08
NC
5980@end ifset
5981
252b5132
RH
5982@node Psize
5983@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5984
5985@cindex @code{psize} directive
5986@cindex listing control: paper size
5987@cindex paper size, for listings
5988Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5989number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5990
5991If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5992of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5993default width is 200 columns.
5994
a4fb0134 5995@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5996lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5997@code{.eject}).
5998
5999If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6000those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6001
6002@node Purgem
6003@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6004
6005@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6006Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6007expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6008
c91d2e08
NC
6009@ifset ELF
6010@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6011@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6012
c1253627 6013@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6014@cindex Section Stack
6015This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6016@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6017@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6018(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6019
e9863d7f
DJ
6020This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6021top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6022subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6023@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6024as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6025@end ifset
6026
252b5132
RH
6027@node Quad
6028@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6029
6030@cindex @code{quad} directive
6031@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6032each bignum, it emits
6033@ifclear bignum-16
6034an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6035warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6036@cindex eight-byte integer
6037@cindex integer, 8-byte
6038
6039The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6040hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6041@end ifclear
6042@ifset bignum-16
6043a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6044warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6045@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6046@cindex integer, 16-byte
6047@end ifset
6048
05e9452c
AM
6049@node Reloc
6050@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6051
6052@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6053Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6054@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6055the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6056symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6057@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6058absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6059targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6060relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6061section.
6062
252b5132
RH
6063@node Rept
6064@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6065
6066@cindex @code{rept} directive
6067Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6068@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6069
6070For example, assembling
6071
6072@example
6073 .rept 3
6074 .long 0
6075 .endr
6076@end example
6077
6078is equivalent to assembling
6079
6080@example
6081 .long 0
6082 .long 0
6083 .long 0
6084@end example
6085
6086@node Sbttl
6087@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6088
6089@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6090@cindex subtitles for listings
6091@cindex listing control: subtitle
6092Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6093title line) when generating assembly listings.
6094
6095This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6096it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6097
6098@ifset COFF
6099@node Scl
6100@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6101
6102@cindex @code{scl} directive
6103@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6104@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6105Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6106used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6107whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6108symbolic debugging information.
6109@ifset BOUT
6110
6111The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6112configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6113accepts this directive but ignores it.
6114@end ifset
6115@end ifset
6116
c1253627 6117@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6118@node Section
c1253627 6119@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6120
252b5132
RH
6121@cindex named section
6122Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6123named @var{name}.
6124
6125This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6126named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6127with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6128
c1253627
NC
6129@ifset COFF
6130@ifset ELF
6131@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6132@subheading COFF Version
6133@end ifset
6134
6135@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6136For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6137ways:
c91d2e08 6138
252b5132
RH
6139@smallexample
6140.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6141.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6142@end smallexample
6143
6144If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6145section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6146@table @code
6147@item b
6148bss section (uninitialized data)
6149@item n
6150section is not loaded
6151@item w
6152writable section
6153@item d
6154data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6155@item e
6156exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6157@item r
6158read-only section
6159@item x
6160executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6161@item s
6162shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6163@item a
6164ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6165@item y
6166section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6167@item 0-9
6168single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6169@end table
6170
6171If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6172the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6173loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6174from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6175will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6176
6177If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6178taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6179@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6180
6181@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6182@ifset COFF
6183@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6184@subheading ELF Version
6185@end ifset
6186
c91d2e08
NC
6187@cindex Section Stack
6188This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6189@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6190(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6191@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6192
c1253627 6193@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6194For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6195
252b5132 6196@smallexample
7047dd1e 6197.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6198@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6199
252b5132 6200The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6201combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6202@table @code
6203@item a
6204section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6205@item e
6206section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6207@item w
6208section is writable
6209@item x
6210section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6211@item M
6212section is mergeable
6213@item S
6214section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6215@item G
6216section is a member of a section group
6217@item T
6218section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6219@item ?
6220section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6221@end table
6222
6223The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6224@table @code
6225@item @@progbits
6226section contains data
6227@item @@nobits
6228section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6229@item @@note
6230section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6231@item @@init_array
6232section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6233@item @@fini_array
6234section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6235@item @@preinit_array
6236section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6237@end table
6238
10b016c2
PB
6239Many targets only support the first three section types.
6240
ececec60
NC
6241Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6242ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6243@code{%} character.
6244
22fe14ad 6245If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6246be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6247
6248@smallexample
6249.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6250@end smallexample
6251
6252Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6253constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6254@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6255@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6256the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6257absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6258which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6259@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6260@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6261
6262If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6263be present along with an additional field like this:
6264
6265@smallexample
6266.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6267@end smallexample
6268
6269The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6270particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6271@table @code
6272@item comdat
6273indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6274@item .gnu.linkonce
6275an alias for comdat
6276@end table
6277
96e9638b 6278Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6279the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6280
6281@smallexample
6282.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6283@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6284
01642c12
RM
6285If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6286@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6287present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6288this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6289@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6290If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6291
252b5132
RH
6292If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6293the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6294none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6295executable. The section will contain data.
6296
6297For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6298directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6299
252b5132
RH
6300@smallexample
6301.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6302@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6303
252b5132
RH
6304Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6305separated flags:
6306@table @code
6307@item #alloc
6308section is allocatable
6309@item #write
6310section is writable
6311@item #execinstr
6312section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6313@item #exclude
6314section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6315@item #tls
6316section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6317@end table
c91d2e08 6318
e9863d7f
DJ
6319This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6320contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6321some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6322work.
c1253627
NC
6323@end ifset
6324@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6325
6326@node Set
6327@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6328
6329@cindex @code{set} directive
6330@cindex symbol value, setting
6331Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6332changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6333@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6334flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6335
6336You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6337
6338If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6339file is the last value stored into it.
6340
3c9b82ba
NC
6341@ifset Z80
6342On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6343@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6344@end ifset
6345
252b5132
RH
6346@node Short
6347@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6348
6349@cindex @code{short} directive
6350@ifset GENERIC
6351@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6352@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6353
6354In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6355numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6356@end ifset
6357@ifclear GENERIC
6358@ifset W16
6359@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6360@end ifset
6361@ifset W32
6362This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6363a 16 bit number for each.
6364@end ifset
6365@end ifclear
6366
6367@node Single
6368@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6369
6370@cindex @code{single} directive
6371@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6372This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6373has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6374@ifset GENERIC
6375The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6376@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6377@end ifset
6378@ifclear GENERIC
6379@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6380On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6381numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6382@end ifset
6383@end ifclear
6384
c1253627 6385@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6386@node Size
c1253627 6387@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6388
c1253627
NC
6389This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6390
6391@ifset COFF
6392@ifset ELF
6393@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6394@subheading COFF Version
6395@end ifset
6396
6397@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6398For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6399@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6400
6401@smallexample
6402.size @var{expression}
6403@end smallexample
252b5132 6404
c91d2e08 6405@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6406@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6407@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6408ignores it.
6409@end ifset
c1253627 6410@end ifset
c91d2e08 6411
c1253627
NC
6412@ifset ELF
6413@ifset COFF
6414@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6415@subheading ELF Version
6416@end ifset
6417
6418@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6419For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6420
c1253627
NC
6421@smallexample
6422.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6423@end smallexample
6424
6425This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6426The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6427arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6428symbols.
c1253627
NC
6429@end ifset
6430@end ifset
252b5132 6431
252b5132
RH
6432@ifclear no-space-dir
6433@node Skip
6434@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6435
6436@cindex @code{skip} directive
6437@cindex filling memory
6438This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6439@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6440@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6441@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6442@end ifclear
252b5132 6443
ccf8a69b
BW
6444@node Sleb128
6445@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6446
6447@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6448@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6449compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6450symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6451
884f0d36 6452@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6453@node Space
6454@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6455
6456@cindex @code{space} directive
6457@cindex filling memory
6458This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6459@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6460and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6461as @samp{.skip}.
6462
6463@ifset HPPA
6464@quotation
6465@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6466targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6467Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6468@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6469for a summary.
6470@end quotation
6471@end ifset
6472@end ifclear
6473
252b5132
RH
6474@ifset have-stabs
6475@node Stab
6476@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6477
6478@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6479@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6480There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6481All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6482The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6483cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6484Up to five fields are required:
6485
6486@table @var
6487@item string
6488This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6489@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6490debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6491using this field.
6492
6493@item type
6494An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6495this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6496and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6497
6498@item other
6499An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6500low 8 bits of this expression.
6501
6502@item desc
6503An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6504bits of this expression.
6505
6506@item value
6507An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6508@end table
6509
6510If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6511or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6512you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6513compatible with earlier assemblers!
6514
6515@table @code
6516@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6517@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6518
6519The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6520It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6521null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6522strings.
6523
6524The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6525relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6526is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6527assembled.
6528
6529@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6530@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6531The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6532
6533@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6534@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6535All five fields are specified.
6536@end table
6537@end ifset
6538@c end have-stabs
6539
6540@node String
38a57ae7 6541@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6542"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6543
6544@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6545@cindex string8, copying to object file
6546@cindex string16, copying to object file
6547@cindex string32, copying to object file
6548@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6549@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6550@cindex @code{string8} directive
6551@cindex @code{string16} directive
6552@cindex @code{string32} directive
6553@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6554
6555Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6556one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6557particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6558You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6559
01642c12 6560The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6561the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6562copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6563are stored in target endianness byte order.
6564
6565Example:
6566@smallexample
6567 .string32 "BYE"
6568expands to:
6569 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6570 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6571@end smallexample
6572
6573
252b5132
RH
6574@node Struct
6575@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6576
6577@cindex @code{struct} directive
6578Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6579which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6580@smallexample
6581 .struct 0
6582field1:
6583 .struct field1 + 4
6584field2:
6585 .struct field2 + 4
6586field3:
6587@end smallexample
6588This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6589@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6590value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6591use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6592before further assembly.
6593
c91d2e08
NC
6594@ifset ELF
6595@node SubSection
6596@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6597
c1253627 6598@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6599@cindex Section Stack
6600This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6601@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6602@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6603(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6604
6605This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6606section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6607in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6608@end ifset
6609
252b5132
RH
6610@ifset ELF
6611@node Symver
6612@section @code{.symver}
6613@cindex @code{symver} directive
6614@cindex symbol versioning
6615@cindex versions of symbols
6616Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6617within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6618typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6619There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6620into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6621shared library.
6622
79082ff0 6623For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6624@smallexample
6625.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6626@end smallexample
339681c0 6627If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6628being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6629alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6630just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6631permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6632of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6633itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6634have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6635file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6636function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6637the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6638building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6639symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6640nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6641
6642If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6643references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6644reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6645symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6646
6647Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6648@smallexample
6649.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6650@end smallexample
6651In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6652the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6653difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6654references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6655
6656The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6657@smallexample
6658.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6659@end smallexample
6660When @var{name} is not defined within the
6661file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6662@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6663name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6664@end ifset
6665
6666@ifset COFF
6667@node Tag
6668@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6669
6670@cindex COFF structure debugging
6671@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6672@cindex @code{tag} directive
6673This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6674information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6675@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6676definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6677@ifset BOUT
6678
6679@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6680@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6681ignores it.
6682@end ifset
6683@end ifset
6684
6685@node Text
6686@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6687
6688@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6689Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6690the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6691expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6692is used.
6693
6694@node Title
6695@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6696
6697@cindex @code{title} directive
6698@cindex listing control: title line
6699Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6700source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6701
6702This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6703it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6704
c1253627 6705@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6706@node Type
c1253627
NC
6707@section @code{.type}
6708
6709This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6710
6711@ifset COFF
6712@ifset ELF
6713@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6714@subheading COFF Version
6715@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6716
6717@cindex COFF symbol type
6718@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6719@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6720For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6721@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6722
6723@smallexample
6724.type @var{int}
6725@end smallexample
6726
6727This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6728entry.
252b5132 6729
c91d2e08 6730@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6731@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6732@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6733directive but ignores it.
6734@end ifset
c1253627 6735@end ifset
c91d2e08 6736
c1253627
NC
6737@ifset ELF
6738@ifset COFF
6739@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6740@subheading ELF Version
6741@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6742
6743@cindex ELF symbol type
6744@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6745@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6746For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6747
6748@smallexample
6749.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6750@end smallexample
6751
6752This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6753function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6754supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6755compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6756
6757Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6758@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6759below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6760the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6761maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6762assemblers.
6763
6764The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6765
6766@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6767 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6768 .type <name>,#<type>
6769 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6770 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6771 .type <name>,"<type>"
6772@end smallexample
6773
6774The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6775
5671778d
NC
6776@table @gcctabopt
6777@item STT_FUNC
6778@itemx function
6779Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6780
d8045f23
NC
6781@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6782@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6783Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6784processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6785
5671778d
NC
6786@item STT_OBJECT
6787@itemx object
6788Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6789
6790@item STT_TLS
6791@itemx tls_object
6792Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6793
6794@item STT_COMMON
6795@itemx common
6796Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6797
6798@item STT_NOTYPE
6799@itemx notype
6800Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6801
3e7a7d11
NC
6802@item gnu_unique_object
6803Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6804will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6805name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6806systems).
3e7a7d11 6807
5671778d
NC
6808@end table
6809
6810Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6811
c1253627
NC
6812@end ifset
6813@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6814
6815@node Uleb128
6816@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6817
6818@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6819@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6820compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6821symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6822
6823@ifset COFF
6824@node Val
6825@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6826
6827@cindex @code{val} directive
6828@cindex COFF value attribute
6829@cindex value attribute, COFF
6830This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6831records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6832entry.
6833@ifset BOUT
6834
a4fb0134 6835@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6836configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6837@end ifset
6838@end ifset
6839
2e13b764 6840@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6841@node Version
6842@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6843
c1253627 6844@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6845This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6846formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6847@end ifset
2e13b764 6848
c91d2e08
NC
6849@ifset ELF
6850@node VTableEntry
6851@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6852
653cfe85 6853@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6854This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6855@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6856
c91d2e08
NC
6857@node VTableInherit
6858@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6859
653cfe85 6860@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6861This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6862@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6863parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6864parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6865@end ifset
2e13b764 6866
d190d046
HPN
6867@node Warning
6868@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6869@cindex warning directive
6870Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6871(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6872
c91d2e08
NC
6873@node Weak
6874@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6875
c1253627 6876@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6877This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6878@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6879
01642c12 6880On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6881directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6882@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6883
977cdf5a 6884On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6885When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6886alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6887
06e77878
AO
6888@node Weakref
6889@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6890
6891@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6892This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6893be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6894If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6895will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6896symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6897
6898The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6899assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6900symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6901resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6902had the references to the alias removed.
6903
6904The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6905within the assembler.
6906
252b5132
RH
6907@node Word
6908@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6909
6910@cindex @code{word} directive
6911This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6912separated by commas.
6913@ifclear GENERIC
6914@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6915For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6916@end ifset
6917@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6918For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6919@end ifset
6920@end ifclear
6921@ifset GENERIC
6922
6923The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6924depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6925@end ifset
6926
6927@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6928@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6929@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6930@cindex difference tables altered
6931@cindex altered difference tables
6932@quotation
6933@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6934@end quotation
6935
6936@ifset GENERIC
6937Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6938addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6939interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6940@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6941
6942@end ifset
6943In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6944@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6945Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6946compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6947directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6948@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6949creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6950This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6951first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6952of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6953table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6954contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6955@code{sym2}.
6956
6957If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6958secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6959@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6960long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6961and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6962minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6963entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6964
6965@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6966@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6967@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6968assembly language programmers.
6969@end ifset
6970@end ifset
6971@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6972
6973@node Deprecated
6974@section Deprecated Directives
6975
6976@cindex deprecated directives
6977@cindex obsolescent directives
6978One day these directives won't work.
6979They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6980@table @t
6981@item .abort
6982@item .line
6983@end table
6984
3a99f02f
DJ
6985@ifset ELF
6986@node Object Attributes
6987@chapter Object Attributes
6988@cindex object attributes
6989
6990@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6991into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6992Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6993point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6994requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6995passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6996hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6997generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6998newer generation at run-time.
6999
7000This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7001@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7002time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7003correctly.
7004
7005Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7006attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7007string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7008and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7009or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7010attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7011
7012Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7013The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7014
7015@menu
7016* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7017* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7018@end menu
7019
7020@node GNU Object Attributes
7021@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7022
7023The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7024with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7025
7026Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7027its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7028an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70292} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7030architecture-dependent ones.
7031
7032@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7033
7034These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7035
7036@table @r
7037@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7038The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7039the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7040then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7041than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7042arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7043@end table
7044
7045@subsection MIPS Attributes
7046
7047@table @r
7048@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7049The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7050
7051@itemize @bullet
7052@item
70530 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7054@item
f179c512
MF
70551 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7056double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7057@item
70582 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7059@item
70603 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7061@item
f179c512
MF
70624 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7063floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7064number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7065@item
70665 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7067with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7068general-purpose registers.
7069@item
70706 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7071registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7072@item
70737 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7074registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7075direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7076@end itemize
7077@end table
7078
7079@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7080
7081@table @r
7082@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7083The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7084
7085@itemize @bullet
7086@item
70870 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7088@item
3c7b9897 70891 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7090@item
70912 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7092@item
70933 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7094@end itemize
7095
7096@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7097The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7098
7099@itemize @bullet
7100@item
71010 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7102@item
71031 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7104@item
71052 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7106@item
71073 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7108@end itemize
7109@end table
7110
7111@node Defining New Object Attributes
7112@section Defining New Object Attributes
7113
7114If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7115will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7116mailing list.
7117
7118@itemize @bullet
7119@item
7120This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7121@item
7122The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7123@item
7124The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7125and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7126@item
7127Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7128@item
7129@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7130@item
7131GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7132@end itemize
7133
7134@end ifset
7135
252b5132
RH
7136@ifset GENERIC
7137@node Machine Dependencies
7138@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7139
7140@cindex machine dependencies
7141The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7142each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7143vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7144directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7145assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7146@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7147optimization.
7148
7149This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7150include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7151subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7152
7153@menu
a06ea964
NC
7154@ifset AARCH64
7155* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7156@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7157@ifset ALPHA
7158* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7159@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7160@ifset ARC
7161* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7162@end ifset
7163@ifset ARM
7164* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7165@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7166@ifset AVR
7167* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7168@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7169@ifset Blackfin
7170* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7171@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7172@ifset CR16
7173* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7174@end ifset
8bf549a8 7175@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7176* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7177@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7178@ifset D10V
7179* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7180@end ifset
7181@ifset D30V
7182* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7183@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7184@ifset EPIPHANY
7185* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7186@end ifset
252b5132 7187@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7188* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7190@ifset HPPA
7191* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7192@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7193@ifset I370
7194* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7195@end ifset
252b5132 7196@ifset I80386
55b62671 7197* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7198@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7199@ifset I860
7200* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7201@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7202@ifset I960
7203* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7204@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7205@ifset IA64
7206* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7207@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7208@ifset IP2K
7209* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7210@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7211@ifset LM32
7212* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7213@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7214@ifset M32C
7215* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7216@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7217@ifset M32R
7218* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7219@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7220@ifset M680X0
7221* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7222@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7223@ifset M68HC11
7224* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7225@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7226@ifset METAG
7227* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7228@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7229@ifset MICROBLAZE
7230* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7231@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7232@ifset MIPS
7233* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7234@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7235@ifset MMIX
7236* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7237@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7238@ifset MSP430
7239* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7240@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7241@ifset NDS32
7242* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7243@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7244@ifset NIOSII
7245* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7246@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7247@ifset NS32K
7248* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7249@end ifset
252b5132 7250@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7251* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7252* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7253@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7254@ifset PDP11
7255* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7256@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7257@ifset PJ
7258* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7259@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7260@ifset PPC
7261* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7262@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7263@ifset RL78
7264* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7265@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7266@ifset RX
7267* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7268@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7269@ifset S390
7270* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7271@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7272@ifset SCORE
7273* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7274@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7275@ifset SPARC
7276* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7277@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7278@ifset TIC54X
7279* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7280@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7281@ifset TIC6X
7282* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7283@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7284@ifset TILEGX
7285* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7286@end ifset
7287@ifset TILEPRO
7288* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7289@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7290@ifset V850
7291* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7292@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7293@ifset VAX
7294* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7295@end ifset
7296@ifset VISIUM
7297* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7298@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7299@ifset XGATE
7300* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7301@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7302@ifset XSTORMY16
7303* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7304@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7305@ifset XTENSA
7306* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7307@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7308@ifset Z80
7309* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7310@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7311@ifset Z8000
7312* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7313@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7314@end menu
7315
7316@lowersections
7317@end ifset
7318
7319@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7320@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7321@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7322@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7323@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7324@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7325@c in both conditional blocks.
7326
a06ea964
NC
7327@ifset AARCH64
7328@include c-aarch64.texi
7329@end ifset
7330
625e1353
RH
7331@ifset ALPHA
7332@include c-alpha.texi
7333@end ifset
7334
7335@ifset ARC
7336@include c-arc.texi
7337@end ifset
7338
252b5132
RH
7339@ifset ARM
7340@include c-arm.texi
7341@end ifset
7342
8473f7a4
DC
7343@ifset AVR
7344@include c-avr.texi
7345@end ifset
7346
3b4e1885 7347@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7348@include c-bfin.texi
7349@end ifset
7350
3d3d428f
NC
7351@ifset CR16
7352@include c-cr16.texi
7353@end ifset
7354
328eb32e
HPN
7355@ifset CRIS
7356@include c-cris.texi
7357@end ifset
7358
c2dcd04e 7359@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7360@ifclear GENERIC
7361@node Machine Dependencies
7362@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7363
c2dcd04e 7364The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7365and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7366chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7367family.
7368
7369@menu
c2dcd04e 7370* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7371* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7372@end menu
7373@lowersections
7374@end ifclear
7375@end ifset
7376
7377@ifset D10V
7378@include c-d10v.texi
7379@end ifset
7380
7381@ifset D30V
7382@include c-d30v.texi
7383@end ifset
7384
cfb8c092
NC
7385@ifset EPIPHANY
7386@include c-epiphany.texi
7387@end ifset
7388
252b5132
RH
7389@ifset H8/300
7390@include c-h8300.texi
7391@end ifset
7392
252b5132
RH
7393@ifset HPPA
7394@include c-hppa.texi
7395@end ifset
7396
5b93d8bb
AM
7397@ifset I370
7398@include c-i370.texi
7399@end ifset
7400
252b5132
RH
7401@ifset I80386
7402@include c-i386.texi
7403@end ifset
7404
e3308d0d
JE
7405@ifset I860
7406@include c-i860.texi
7407@end ifset
7408
252b5132
RH
7409@ifset I960
7410@include c-i960.texi
7411@end ifset
7412
9e32ca89
NC
7413@ifset IA64
7414@include c-ia64.texi
7415@end ifset
7416
a40cbfa3
NC
7417@ifset IP2K
7418@include c-ip2k.texi
7419@end ifset
7420
84e94c90
NC
7421@ifset LM32
7422@include c-lm32.texi
7423@end ifset
7424
49f58d10
JB
7425@ifset M32C
7426@include c-m32c.texi
7427@end ifset
7428
ec694b89
NC
7429@ifset M32R
7430@include c-m32r.texi
7431@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7432
7433@ifset M680X0
7434@include c-m68k.texi
7435@end ifset
7436
60bcf0fa
NC
7437@ifset M68HC11
7438@include c-m68hc11.texi
7439@end ifset
7440
a3c62988
NC
7441@ifset METAG
7442@include c-metag.texi
7443@end ifset
7444
01642c12 7445@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7446@include c-microblaze.texi
7447@end ifset
7448
252b5132
RH
7449@ifset MIPS
7450@include c-mips.texi
7451@end ifset
7452
3c3bdf30
NC
7453@ifset MMIX
7454@include c-mmix.texi
7455@end ifset
7456
2469cfa2
NC
7457@ifset MSP430
7458@include c-msp430.texi
7459@end ifset
7460
35c08157
KLC
7461@ifset NDS32
7462@include c-nds32.texi
7463@end ifset
7464
36591ba1
SL
7465@ifset NIOSII
7466@include c-nios2.texi
7467@end ifset
7468
252b5132
RH
7469@ifset NS32K
7470@include c-ns32k.texi
7471@end ifset
7472
e135f41b
NC
7473@ifset PDP11
7474@include c-pdp11.texi
7475@end ifset
7476
041dd5a9
ILT
7477@ifset PJ
7478@include c-pj.texi
7479@end ifset
7480
418c1742
MG
7481@ifset PPC
7482@include c-ppc.texi
7483@end ifset
7484
99c513f6
DD
7485@ifset RL78
7486@include c-rl78.texi
7487@end ifset
7488
046d31c2
NC
7489@ifset RX
7490@include c-rx.texi
7491@end ifset
7492
11c19e16
MS
7493@ifset S390
7494@include c-s390.texi
7495@end ifset
7496
c0157db4
NC
7497@ifset SCORE
7498@include c-score.texi
7499@end ifset
7500
252b5132
RH
7501@ifset SH
7502@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7503@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7504@end ifset
7505
7506@ifset SPARC
7507@include c-sparc.texi
7508@end ifset
7509
39bec121
TW
7510@ifset TIC54X
7511@include c-tic54x.texi
7512@end ifset
7513
40b36596
JM
7514@ifset TIC6X
7515@include c-tic6x.texi
7516@end ifset
7517
aa137e4d
NC
7518@ifset TILEGX
7519@include c-tilegx.texi
7520@end ifset
7521
7522@ifset TILEPRO
7523@include c-tilepro.texi
7524@end ifset
7525
b6605ddd
EB
7526@ifset V850
7527@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7528@end ifset
7529
7530@ifset VAX
7531@include c-vax.texi
7532@end ifset
7533
b6605ddd
EB
7534@ifset VISIUM
7535@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7536@end ifset
7537
f6c1a2d5
NC
7538@ifset XGATE
7539@include c-xgate.texi
7540@end ifset
7541
6753e72f
NC
7542@ifset XSTORMY16
7543@include c-xstormy16.texi
7544@end ifset
7545
e0001a05
NC
7546@ifset XTENSA
7547@include c-xtensa.texi
7548@end ifset
7549
b6605ddd
EB
7550@ifset Z80
7551@include c-z80.texi
7552@end ifset
7553
7554@ifset Z8000
7555@include c-z8k.texi
7556@end ifset
7557
252b5132
RH
7558@ifset GENERIC
7559@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7560@raisesections
7561@end ifset
7562
7563@node Reporting Bugs
7564@chapter Reporting Bugs
7565@cindex bugs in assembler
7566@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7567
a4fb0134 7568Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7569
7570Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7571not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7572entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7573Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7574
7575In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7576information that enables us to fix the bug.
7577
7578@menu
7579* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7580* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7581@end menu
7582
7583@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7584@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7585@cindex bug criteria
7586
7587If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7588
7589@itemize @bullet
7590@cindex fatal signal
7591@cindex assembler crash
7592@cindex crash of assembler
7593@item
7594If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7595@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7596
7597@cindex error on valid input
7598@item
a4fb0134 7599If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7600
7601@cindex invalid input
7602@item
a4fb0134 7603If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7604is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7605be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7606
7607@item
7608If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7609of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7610@end itemize
7611
7612@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7613@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7614@cindex bug reports
7615@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7616
7617A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7618you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7619contact that organization first.
7620
7621You can find contact information for many support companies and
7622individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7623distribution.
7624
ad22bfe8 7625@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7626In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7627to @value{BUGURL}.
7628@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7629
7630The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7631@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7632fact or leave it out, state it!
7633
7634Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7635and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7636name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7637not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7638happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7639perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7640the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7641give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7642and the most helpful.
7643
7644Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7645it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7646that the bug has not been reported previously.
7647
7648Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7649bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7650respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7651You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7652
7653To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7654
7655@itemize @bullet
7656@item
a4fb0134 7657The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7658it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7659
7660Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7661the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7662
7663@item
a4fb0134 7664Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7665
7666@item
7667The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7668version number.
7669
7670@item
a4fb0134 7671What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7672``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7673
7674@item
7675The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7676observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7677all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7678
7679If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7680and then we might not encounter the bug.
7681
7682@item
7683A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7684the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7685high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7686when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7687the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7688file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7689@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7690
7691@item
7692A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7693incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7694
a4fb0134 7695Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7696will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7697notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7698make a mistake.
7699
7700Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7701explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7702@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7703library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7704would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7705would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7706expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7707observations.
7708
7709@item
a4fb0134 7710If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7711diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7712option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7713discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7714by line number.
7715
7716The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7717sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7718@end itemize
7719
7720Here are some things that are not necessary:
7721
7722@itemize @bullet
7723@item
7724A description of the envelope of the bug.
7725
7726Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7727which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7728changes will not affect it.
7729
7730This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7731will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7732with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7733We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7734
7735Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7736of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7737output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7738less time, and so on.
7739
7740However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7741report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7742
7743@item
7744A patch for the bug.
7745
7746A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7747the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7748a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7749to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7750
a4fb0134 7751Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7752construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7753the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7754one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7755
7756And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7757patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7758help us to understand.
7759
7760@item
7761A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7762
7763Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7764things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7765@end itemize
7766
7767@node Acknowledgements
7768@chapter Acknowledgements
7769
653cfe85 7770If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7771it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7772maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7773@c (October 2012),
7774the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7775
7776Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7777more details?}
7778
7779Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7780information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7781extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7782
7783K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7784many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7785up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7786testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7787including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7788and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7789support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7790port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7791file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7792assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7793
7794Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7795in format-specific I/O modules.
7796
7797The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7798has done much work with it since.
7799
7800The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7801
7802Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7803
7804The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7805University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7806
7807Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7808(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7809(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7810support a.out format.
7811
7be1c489
AM
7812Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7813tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7814Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7815use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7816targets.
7817
7818John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7819simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7820updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7821fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7822remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7823cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7824required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7825
7826Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
782768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7828added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7829PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7830
653cfe85 7831Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7832
7833Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7834
7835Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7836along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7837formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7838the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7839
7840Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7841Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7842Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7843Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7844and some initial 64-bit support).
7845
c1253627 7846Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7847
252b5132
RH
7848Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7849support for openVMS/Alpha.
7850
39bec121
TW
7851Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7852flavors.
7853
e0001a05 7854David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7855Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7856
252b5132
RH
7857Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7858configuration enhancements.
7859
84e94c90
NC
7860Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7861
252b5132
RH
7862Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7863you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7864want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7865intentionally leaving anyone out.
7866
793c5807
NC
7867@node GNU Free Documentation License
7868@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7869@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7870
370b66a1
CD
7871@node AS Index
7872@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7873
7874@printindex cp
7875
252b5132
RH
7876@bye
7877@c Local Variables:
7878@c fill-column: 79
7879@c End:
This page took 1.205351 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.